Material Handling Catalog
Material Handling Catalog
Terms
Terms
& Conditions
& Conditions
of Sale
of Sale
Terms andThese
Conditions
Terms ofand
Sale,
Conditions
along with
of Sale,
Seller’s
along
Standard
with Seller’s
LimitedStandard
Warranty,
Limited
the contents
Warranty,
of Seller’s
the contents
written
ofacknowledgement,
Seller’s written acknowledgement,
if any, to a purchase
if any,
order
to a or
purchase
any other
order
writing
or any
submitted
other writing
by Purchaser
submittedto by
Seller;Seller’s
Purchaser to Seller;Seller’s
n proposal,written
if any,proposal,
submittedifbyany,
Seller
submitted
to Purchaser;
by Sellerand
to the
Purchaser;
contentsand
of any
the contents
invoice submitted
of any invoice
by Seller
submitted
to Purchaser
by Seller
shall
to Purchaser
establish the
shall
commercial
establish the
terms
commercial
of the contract
terms(the”Order”)
of the contract
under
(the”Order”)
which Martin
underSprocket
which Martin
& Sprocket &
nc. (“Seller
Gear,
“) agrees
Inc. (“Seller
to sell “)
parts
agrees
andtoequipment
sell parts (“Products”)
and equipmentto the
(“Products”)
purchaserto(the
the“Purchaser”)
purchaser (the
and“Purchaser”)
Purchaser agrees
and Purchaser
to purchase
agrees
Products
to purchase
from Seller.
Products from Seller.
GREEMENT: 1. Notwithstanding
AGREEMENT: Notwithstanding
any additional, any differing,
additional,
or conflicting
differing,terms or conflicting
in a purchaseterms order
in a purchase
or percentage of the
order or percentage
contract price of theofcontract
the Productsprice of reflecting
the Products the percentage
reflecting of thethe percentage
work performedof the work performed
y other writing anysubmitted
other writingby Purchaser
submittedtobySeller, Purchaserthe terms
to Seller,
of thethe Order
terms shall
of the
constitute
Order shall
the entire
constitute the entire prior to the dateprior
of termination,
to the date plus of termination,
any additional plusdirect
any additional
costs reasonably
direct costs incurred
reasonably
as a resultincurred
of as a result of
reement between agreement
Seller between
and Purchaser. Seller and Writings
Purchaser.
transmitted
Writings from transmitted
Purchaserfrom to Seller,
Purchaser
such to as Seller,
a such as thea termination. the Percentage
termination. of workPercentage
performed of work
and other
performedcharges andmustotherbecharges
verifiable must
by Purchaser.
be verifiable by Purchaser.
rchaser order,purchaser
that contain order,
additional,
that contain conflicting,
additional,or differing
conflicting,
terms or from
differing
the Order
terms shall
from notthe apply
Order or shall not apply orUpon payment of Upon
the termination
payment of charges,the termination
title to charges,
all Products titlefor
to all
which
Products
Seller forhaswhich
been Seller
paid shallhas been paid shall
any way modify in any
or alter
waythe modify
termsorand alterconditions
the termsofand theconditions
Order. Furthermore,
of the Order. writings
Furthermore,
with terms writings
and/or with terms and/or be vested in Purchaser.
be vested in Purchaser.
nditions different
conditions
from, ordifferent
in addition from, to,ortheinterms
addition andto,conditions
the termsappearing
and conditions in theappearing
Order, including
in the Order,
any including any
ditional or differing
additional
terms orand
differing
conditionstermscontained
and conditions in anycontained
purchase in order
any submitted
purchase orderby thesubmitted
Purchaser, 9.2 Termination
by the Purchaser, 9.2forTermination
Default: TheforPurchaser Default: The may Purchaser
terminate may the wholeterminateor any the part
whole of ortheany Seller’s
part of the Seller’s
e expressly rejected.
are expressly
Purchaser’srejected.submission
Purchaser’s to Seller
submission
of an offer
to Seller
to purchaser
of an offerProducts
to purchaser
or Purchaser’s
Products or Purchaser’s performance under performance
the Order under in any the
oneOrder
of theinfollowing
any one circumstances:
of the following (1) circumstances:
if the Seller fails(1) iftothe
make
Seller fails to make
ceptance of Seller’s
acceptance offer ofto Seller’s
sell Products,
offer to by sellwhatever
Products, means,
by whateverconstitutes means,Purchaser‘s
constitutes agreement
Purchaser‘s agreement delivery of the Products
delivery of
or the
to perform
Products within
or to the
perform
time specified
within the herein
time specified
or any extension
herein orthereof;(2)
any extension thereof;(2)
at the Order contains
that the Orderthe entirecontainsagreement
the entire
between agreement
Purchaser between and Seller.
Purchaser Purchaser’s
and Seller. acceptance
Purchaser’s acceptance if the Seller delivers
if theProducts
Seller delivers
which Products
do not conform which do to not
the specifications;
conform to theorspecifications;
(3) if the Seller or (3)
failsif the Seller fails
the Order is expressly
of the Order limited
is expressly
to the terms limitedandtoconditions
the terms of andtheconditions
Order. Purchaser
of the Order.
understands
Purchaser andunderstands and to perform any of to the
perform
other any provisions
of the other
of theprovisions
Order in accordance
of the Orderwith in accordance
its terms orwith so fails
its terms
to make or so fails to make
knowledges that acknowledges
the price Seller that quoted
the price forSeller
the Products
quoted for is based
the Products
upon Purchaser’s
is based upon acceptance
Purchaser’s of theacceptance of the progress as to endanger
progress as performance
to endanger hereunder.
performance In the hereunder.
event of any In the such
event failure,
of anyPurchaser
such failure,
will Purchaser will
ms and conditionstermsofand theconditions
Order andof that
thetheOrder
priceand forthat
the the
Products
price for wouldthe Products
be different would
if other
be different
terms and if other terms andprovide Seller withprovide
writtenSeller
notice
withofwritten
the naturenotice of of
thethe failure
nature andofPurchaser’s
the failure and intention
Purchaser’s
to terminate
intention to terminate
nditions of sale conditions
were to apply.of sale were to apply. for default. Suchfornotice
default.shallSuch
provide
noticeSeller
shallaprovide
commerciallySeller areasonable
commercially opportunity
reasonableto cure
opportunity
such to cure such
failure. In the event
failure.
Seller
In does
the event
not cure
Sellersuch doesfailure
not curewithinsuch a commercially
failure within reasonable
a commercially time reasonable
of such time of such
CEPTANCE: 2. IfACCEPTANCE:
Seller is making If Seller
an offer is making
to sell Products,
an offer toPurchaser
sell Products, may accept
Purchaser Seller’s
mayoffer
accept onlySeller’s
on offer only on notice, Purchaser notice,
may provide
Purchaser Seller
maywith provide
a writtenSellerNotice
with aofwritten
Termination
Noticefor of Termination
Default. In the forevent
Default. In the event
e terms and conditions
the termsset andforth
conditions
in the Order.
set forthIf the
in the
Purchaser
Order. IfisthemakingPurchaser
an offeris making
to purchase
an offerProducts
to purchase Products the Purchaser terminates
the Purchaser the Order
terminates
for default,
the Order as provided
for default, in this
as provided
clause, the in Purchaser’s
this clause, exclusive
the Purchaser’s exclusive
m Seller, Seller’s
fromacceptance
Seller, Seller’sof Purchaser’s
acceptanceoffer of Purchaser’s
is expresslyoffer conditioned
is expressly on Purchaser’s
conditionedassenton Purchaser’s
to the assent to the remedy for suchremedydefault foris tosuch
(i) receive
default aisrefund
to (i) receive
of the pricea refundactually
of thepaid
price
to Seller
actuallyupon
paidtheto return
Seller upon the return
ms and conditionstermsofand theconditions
Order, andofany thecommencement
Order, and any commencement
of performance by of performance
Purchaser shall by bePurchaser
deemedshall be deemed of the Products to of Seller’s
the Productsfacilitytofrom
Seller’s
whichfacility
the Products
from which were theoriginally
Productsshipped
were originally
or (ii) accept
shipped theor (ii) accept the
constitute such to constitute
assent. Any suchadditional
assent.and/orAny additional
different and/or
terms and different
conditions
terms proposed
and conditions
by Purchaser
proposed by Purchaser Product as delivered
Product withasa delivered
mutually agreedwith a mutually
to adjustment agreedtotothe adjustment
price. to the price.
d/or any attempt and/orby Purchaser
any attempt to byvary Purchaser
any of the to terms
vary anyandofconditions
the terms of and theconditions
Order shall ofbethedeemed
Order shall
a be deemed a
aterial alterationmaterial
and is alteration
hereby objectedand is hereby
to and rejected.
objected Seller’s
to and rejected.
shipmentSeller’s of any shipment
Products of in response
any Products 10. CONFIDENTIAL
to in response to 10. CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMATION: INFORMATION:
writing that attempts
a writing to that
varyattempts
any of the to terms
vary anyandofconditions
the termsof andtheconditions
Order or Seller’s
of the Order
acceptance
or Seller’s
of any
acceptance10.1of any
In the performance
10.1 In the of performance
its obligations of under
its obligations
the Order,under Sellerthemay Order,
haveSeller
access mayto have
trade access
secretsto trade secrets
yment by Purchaser
payment shall
by Purchaser
not be deemed shall tonotconstitute
be deemed suchto constitute
as sent to such any additional
as sent toand/or
any additional
different and/or different and other confidential
and other information,
confidential including
information, but not including
limited to, but drawings,
not limiteddata, to, drawings,
costs, operating
data, costs, operating
ms and conditionstermsproposed
and conditionsby Purchaser.
proposed by Purchaser. procedures, customers
procedures, and customers
methods ofand doing methods
business, of doing
whichbusiness,
may be owned which may or controlled
be ownedbyor controlled by
SK OF LOSS: 3. RISK
Unless OFa LOSS:
specificUnless
term of a specific
the Order term provides
of the otherwise,
Order provides all shipments
otherwise,shallall shipments
be shippedshall be shipped Purchaser and its Purchaser
affiliates and (“Confidential
its affiliatesInformation’).
(“ConfidentialIf Information’).
Seller does in Iffact Seller
havedoesaccess
in fact
to anyhaveofaccess to any of
O.B. Seller’s facility
F.O.B. andSeller’s
risk facility
of lossand as to risk
such
of loss
Productsas to shall
such passProducts and remain
shall passwithandPurchaser
remain with once Purchaser once the Purchaser’s the Confidential
Purchaser’s Information
Confidential in connection
Informationwith in connection
the Order, Seller with the agrees
Order,thatSeller
any agrees
such that any such
oducts departProducts
Seller’s facility.
depart Seller’s facility. Confidential Information
Confidential shallInformation
at all times shall
remainat allthetimesexclusive
remain property
the exclusive
of Purchaser
property and of shall
Purchaser and shall
be used by Seller be and
useditsbyauthorized
Seller andemployees,
its authorized agents employees,
or subcontractors
agents or solelysubcontractors
for the purpose
solely for the purpose
ECIFICATIONS:
4. SPECIFICATIONS:
Seller shall furnish Sellerall stock
shall furnish
Products allas
stock
specified
Products in the asOrder.
specified
Made-to-order
in the Order.Products
Made-to-order Products of performing its of obligations
performing hereunder.
its obligations Sellerhereunder.
agrees toSeller keep agrees
such Confidential
to keep such Information
Confidential in Information in
all be furnished shall
in accordance
be furnishedwith in accordance
the specifications,
with thedetails,
specifications,
requirements details, and/or
requirements
drawingsand/or supplied
drawings supplied confidence and confidence
not to copyand or permit
not to others
copy ortopermit copy the othersConfidential
to copy the Information
Confidential or disclose
Information the or disclose the
Purchaser, orby prepared
Purchaser, by Seller
or prepared
at Purchaser’s
by Sellerdirection.
at Purchaser’s
Any drawings,
direction.specifications,
Any drawings,and specifications,
calculationsand calculations same to unauthorized
same to persons
unauthorized
for a periodpersonsof threefor a(3)period
years, of or
three
for (3)
anyyears,
trade secret
or for anyfor the
trade
period
secret
of for the period of
bmitted by Sellersubmitted
to Purchaser
by Seller shall
to Purchaser
be reviewed shall
andbeapproved
reviewedbyand Purchaser.
approvedSellerby Purchaser.
warrants that time during which
Sellerallwarrants that all timesuch
during
itemwhich
is considered
such item a trade
is considered
secret under a tradeapplicable
secret under
law. applicable law.
oducts covered Products
by the Order
covered willbyconform
the Order to the
willspecifications,
conform to thedrawings, specifications,samples drawings,
or othersamples
descriptionsor other descriptions
nished to Sellerfurnished
or adoptedto Seller
by the or Purchaser.
adopted byIfthe it isPurchaser.
determined If itthat
is determined
the Products that
delivered
the Products
under delivered
the under If Seller is 10.2
10.2the required
If Seller
to disclose
is requiredthe Confidential
to disclose the Information
Confidential pursuant
Information
to any pursuant
legal proceeding,
to any legal Seller
proceeding, Seller
der fail to meet Order
the specifications,
fail to meet the then specifications,
Purchaser will thencontact
Purchaser Seller willandcontact
SellerSeller
shall make
and Seller
corrections
shall make corrections shall notify Purchaser
shall notify
in writing
Purchaser
and allowin writing
Purchaser and allow
to seek Purchaser
appropriate to seek
judicial
appropriate
relief. judicial relief.
accordance with in accordance
Seller’s Limitedwith Warranty.
Seller’s Limited Warranty. 10.3 Notwithstanding
10.3 Notwithstanding
the foregoing, nothing
the foregoing,
herein shall
nothing
limitherein
the Seller’s
shall limit
right the
to disclose
Seller’s right
any information
to disclose any information
MITED WARRANTY:
5. LIMITED WARRANTY:
Seller’s StandardSeller’s
LimitedStandard
WarrantyLimited
is attached
Warranty
heretois attached
and incorporated
hereto and herein
incorporated
for herein forwhich: (1) was in which:
or enters
(1) was
the in
public
or enters
domain thewithout
public domain
fault of without
the Seller; fault
(2)ofisthe
received
Seller; by
(2)Seller
is received by Seller
purposes. all purposes. from a third partyfromwithout
a third
restriction
party without
or breach
restriction
of anyor duty
breach
of confidentiality;
of any duty of(3) confidentiality;
was known to(3) Seller
was known to Seller
prior to receipt andpriorsuch
to receipt
prior knowledge
and such prior
is demonstrated
knowledge isbydemonstrated
competent evidence;by competentor (4) evidence;
is requiredor (4) is required
RICING, PACKAGING,
6. PRICING,DELIVERY
PACKAGING, AND DELIVERY
PAYMENT: AND PAYMENT:
All Products shall
All be
Products
sold onshallthe terms,
be soldconditions
on the terms, conditions to be disclosed pursuant
to be disclosed
to government
pursuantprocess,
to government
law, order,
process,
rule or law,regulation.
order, rule or regulation.
d at the price and
quoted
at the
in the
priceOrder.
quoted All in
termsthe Order.
of pricing,
All terms
packaging,
of pricing,
shipment,
packaging,
delivery
shipment,
and payment
delivery
areand payment are
cluded in the Order.
included in the Order. 11. FORCE MAJEURE:11. FORCE MAJEURE:
Neither Purchaser Neither
nor Seller
Purchaser
shallnor be Seller
deemedshall to have
be deemed
breached to have
the Order
breachedas a the Order as a
result of delays result
in performance
of delays in where
performance
such delays whereresult
such from
delays
actsresult
of God, from
fires,
actsstrikes,
of God, pandemic,
fires, strikes,
or pandemic, or
SPECTION: 7.Purchaser
INSPECTION: shall Purchaser
have reasonable shall have
time reasonable
after delivery timeto after
inspect
delivery
the Products
to inspect covered by the coveredoccurrences,
the Products by the beyond
occurrences,
the control,
beyond
andthewithout
control,
the and
fault,without
of the the
party fault,
seeking
of theexcuse.
party seeking
Any party excuse.
seekingAny party seeking
der. PurchaserOrder.
shall Purchaser
accept or reject
shall accept
the Products
or rejectpromptly
the Productsafter inspection.
promptly afterPaymentinspection.
by Purchaser excuse under Section
Payment by Purchaser excuse11undershallSection
promptly 11notify
shall promptly
the other notify
party inthewriting
other and partytake
in writing
all reasonable
and takesteps
all reasonable
to steps to
or to its inspection
prior to
willitsnot
inspection
constitute willacceptance
not constitute
of items
acceptance
coveredofbyitems
the Order.
covered by the Order. mitigate the effectmitigate
of such thedelay
effect
onofthe
such
otherdelay
party.
on The
the other
time forparty.
performance
The time for by performance
Seller shall bebyextended
Seller shall be extended
by a period equalbytoa theperiod
length
equal
of any
to thesuch
length
excused
of anydelay.
suchIfexcused
any event delay.
of delay
If anyasevent
identified
of delay
in Section
as identified
11 in Section 11
DEMNIFICATION:
8. INDEMNIFICATION: is encountered by is Seller
encountered
and continues
by Sellerforand
more
continues
than ninety
for more(90) than
days,ninety
the Purchaser
(90) days,shall
the have
Purchaser
the right,
shall have the right,
1 Seller agrees 8.1to indemnify
Seller agrees andtohold
indemnify
harmlessandthe
hold
Purchaser,
harmlessitsthe successors
Purchaser,and its successors
assigns against and any but not
assigns against any the obligation,
but not to
theterminate
obligation,
the toAgreement
terminate for
the its
Agreement
Convenience for its
in Convenience
accordance with
in accordance
Section 9.1.
with Section 9.1.
and all liabilities,and
loss alland
liabilities,
expense loss (including
and expense
attorney’s
(including
fees) attorney’s
arising outfees)
of a arising
third partyout of
product entitled, ”Termination
a third party product entitled,For”Termination
Convenience.” For Convenience.”
liability claim that
liability
resultsclaim
in a that
judicially
results determined,
in a judicially
final,
determined,
and non-appealable
final, and order
non-appealable
finding thatorder
the finding
12.that the
COMPLIANCE 12.WITH
COMPLIANCE
LAWS: Seller WITH LAWS:that
certifies Seller
its certifies
operations thatareitsinoperations
compliance arewith
in compliance
all applicable with
laws,
all applicable laws,
Products were defective
Products provided
were defective
that noprovided
indemnification
that no indemnification
shall be provided shall
for beanyprovided
loss (orfor
anyany loss (or any orders,executive
executive rules andorders,
regulations
rules and
relating
regulations
to Equalrelating
Employmentto Equal Opportunity.
Employment Opportunity.
portion of any loss)
portion determined
of any loss)to havedetermined
resultedtofromhavethe resulted
acts orfrom
omissions
the actsofor theomissions
party seeking
of the party seeking
indemnification.indemnification.
Seller agrees to carry Selleradequate
agrees toproduct
carry adequate
liability insurance
product liability
to support
insurance to support this13.
this obligation INSURANCE:13.
obligation INSURANCE:
Seller shall not Seller
insure shall
the Product’s
not insureforthePurchaser’s
Product’s for account,
Purchaser’s
unless account,
otherwiseunless
indicated
otherwise indicated
and agrees to provide
and agreescertificate(s)
to provide of insurance
certificate(s)
showing
of insurance
such coverage,
showingas such
requested
coverage, by as
Purchaser.
requested by Purchaser.
in the Order. in the Order.
2 Notwithstanding
8.2 Notwithstanding
any of the otherany provisions
of the other
in this
provisions
Section in8., this
Seller’s
Section
obligation
8., Seller’s
to indemnify
obligation to14.
indemnify
ASSIGNMENT: 14.The
ASSIGNMENT:
Order may notThe beOrder
assigned
may notby be
either
assigned
party without
by eithertheparty
written
without
consent
the written
of the other
consent of the other
the Purchaser isthelimited
Purchaser
to theis extent
limitedoftoSeller’s
the extent
product
of Seller’s
liability product
insuranceliability
and the
insurance
coverages and the coverages
party. party.
and exclusions andprovided
exclusions
for thereunder.
provided for In the
thereunder.
event Seller’s
In theproduct
event Seller’s
liability product
insurance liability
will not
insurance will not
cover any of thecover
claimsany
described
of the claims
in Section
described
8.1., then
in Section
Seller 8.1.,
shallthen
haveSeller
no obligation
shall have to no obligation to15.
indemnify GOVERNING15.
indemnify LAW:
GOVERNING LAW:
All disputes relating
All disputes
to the execution,
relating tointerpretation,
the execution,construction,
interpretation,performance,
construction,orperformance, or
Purchaser. Seller’s
Purchaser.
obligationSeller’s
to payobligation
any judgment,
to payaward,
any judgment,
or settlement
award,is or
likewise
settlement
limited by the limitedenforcement
is likewise by the of the
enforcement
Order andofthetherights
Orderand
andobligations
the rights and
of the
obligations
parties shall
of the
be governed
parties shall
by be
thegoverned
laws of, by the laws of,
product liability product
insuranceliability
coverage
insurance
amountscoverage
and policy
amounts
limitsand
provided
policy for
limits
under
provided
Seller’s forliability and resolved
under Seller’s liability in the
andState
resolved
or Federal
in the courts
State or
in,
Federal
the State
courts
of Texas.
in, the
Purchaser
State of Texas.
herebyPurchaser
consents hereby
to and consents
waives to and waives
insurance policies.
insurance
Seller’spolicies.
obligationSeller’s
to indemnify
obligationPurchaser
to indemnify
shall Purchaser
not apply to shall
anynotProduct to any Productany
apply which objection to any
which venue
objection
and jurisdiction
to venue andin such
jurisdiction
courts. in such courts.
Purchaser (or Purchaser’s
Purchaser (or employees,
Purchaser’s
contractors,
employees,customers,
contractors,
or assigns)
customers,haveoraltered,
assigns)tampered
have altered,16.tampered
CUMULATIVE 16.REMEDIES:
CUMULATIVE REMEDIES:
SELLER SHALL SELLER
IN NO EVENT
SHALLBE IN LIABLE
NO EVENTTO PURCHASER,
BE LIABLE TO ANY
PURCHASER,
PERSON ANY PERSON
with, misused orwith,neglected,
misusedororforneglected,
which Seller’s
or foroperating
which Seller’s
instructions
operatingandinstructions
warnings have and been
warnings have WHObeenSHALL PURCHASE
WHO SHALLFROMPURCHASE
PURCHASER,
FROM ORPURCHASER,
ANY PERSON ORTHAT
ANY USES
PERSONANYTHAT
PRODUCTS
USES ANY
SOLOPRODUCTS SOLO
ignored or removedignored
or toorthe
removed
extent orof to
thethe
negligence
extent of or
thelegal
negligence
fault of or
anylegal
partyfault
other
of any
thanparty
Seller.other thanPURSUANT
Seller. TO THE
PURSUANT
ORDER TO
FORTHE
DAMAGES
ORDER FOR
OF ANY
DAMAGES
KIND, INCLUDING,
OF ANY KIND,BUTINCLUDING,
NOT LIMITED
BUTTO,
NOTDIRECT,
LIMITED TO, DIRECT,
Indemnification Indemnification
provided herein provided
is conditioned
hereinupon
is conditioned
Purchaseruponproviding
Purchaser
Seller providing
prompt notice
Sellerofprompt notice of SPECIAL
INDIRECT, INDIRECT,
OR CONSEQUENTIAL
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR LOSSDAMAGES
OF PRODUCTION
OR LOSS OFOR PRODUCTION
LOSS OF PROFITS
OR LOSS OF PROFITS
any claim and allowing
any claimSeller,
and or
allowing
its insurance
Seller, or
company,
its insurance
control
company,
over the control
defenseover
and/or
the settlement
defense and/or settlement
RESULTING FROM RESULTING
ANY CAUSE
FROMWHATSOEVER,
ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER,
INCLUDING, BUT INCLUDING,
NOT LIMITEDBUTTO,
NOTANY
LIMITED
DELAY,TO,
ACT,
ANY DELAY, ACT,
of any such claim.of any such claim. ERROR, OR OMISSION
ERROR,OFORSELLER,
OMISSIONOR OF
ANY
SELLER,
DEFECT,ORFAILURE,
ANY DEFECT,
OR MALFUNCTION
FAILURE, OR OF
MALFUNCTION
THE PRODUCTS,
OF THE PRODUCTS,
3 Seller shall8.3
defend
Seller
anyshall
suit defend
or proceeding
any suit brought
or proceeding
againstbrought
Purchaser against
to thePurchaser
extent suchto the or such AND
suitextent SELLER‘S AND
suit or SOLESELLER‘S
LIABILITYSOLE
SHALLLIABILITY
BE TO REPAIR
SHALL BE
OR TOREPLACE
REPAIRANY
OR PRODUCTS
REPLACE ANY COVERED
PRODUCTS
BY COVERED BY
proceeding is based
proceeding
on a claim
is based
thatonanya Product
claim thator any
partProduct
thereof or(notpart
developed,
thereof (notproposed
developed,
or proposed THE ORDER
or F.O.B.
THESELLER’S
ORDER F.O.B.
FACILITY,
SELLER’S
WHETHER
FACILITY,
THE WHETHER
CLAIM FORTHE SUCH
CLAIM
DAMAGES
FOR SUCH
IS BASED
DAMAGES
UPONIS BASED UPON
specifically mandated
specifically
by Purchaser),
mandatedconstitutes
by Purchaser),
an infringement
constitutes anof any
infringement
patent. Inoftheany
event
patent.
thatIn WARRANTY,
thethe event that the CONTRACT,
WARRANTY,NEGLIGENCE,
CONTRACT,OR NEGLIGENCE,
OTHERWISE.OR OTHERWISE.
sale or use of such
saleProduct,
or use oforsuch
any Product,
part thereof,
or any
is enjoined,
part thereof,
Seller
is enjoined,
shall, at itsSeller
own shall,
expense at its
andown
its expense and its
17. SEVERABILITY:17. SEVERABILITY:
The terms and conditions
The terms ofandtheconditions
Order are of
subject
the Order
to allare
applicable
subject tolaws
all and
applicable
regulations.
laws and regulations.
option, either: (a)
option,
procureeither:
for Purchaser,
(a) procurethe
forright
Purchaser,
to continue
the right
usingtosaid
continue
Product;
using(b)said
replace
Product;
same(b) replace same
The unenforceability
The unenforceability
or invalidity of any
or invalidity
provisionofofanyanyprovision
of the writings
of any that
of the
collectively
writings that
constitute
collectively
the constitute the
with a non-infringing
with aProduct;
non-infringing
or (c) modify
Product;
same
or (c)
so modify
that it becomes
same so non-infringing.
that it becomes non-infringing. Order shall not affect
Orderthe
shall
validity
not affect
or enforceability
the validity or
of enforceability
the remainingofprovisions
the remaining
thereof,but
provisions
suchthereof,but
remaining such remaining
4 The obligations
8.4 Theof Seller
obligations
with respect
of Seller
to indemnification
with respect to indemnification
for third party product
for thirdliability
party product
claims and provisions
liability claims and shallprovisions
be construedshalland
be interpreted
construed andin such
interpreted
a mannerin such
as to acarry
manner
out as
fully
to the
carry
intent
out of
fully
thethe intent of the
patent infringement
patent
areinfringement
solely and exclusively
are solely and
as stated herein.asTHE
exclusively INDEMNITY
stated herein. THE OBLIGATIONS
INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS parties. parties.
RECITED ABOVERECITED
ARE IN ABOVE
LIEU OFARE
ALLINOTHER
LIEU OF
INDEMNITIES
ALL OTHERWHATSOEVER,
INDEMNITIES WHATSOEVER,
WHETHER ORAL,
WHETHER ORAL, RESOLUTION:
18. DISPUTE 18. DISPUTE The
RESOLUTION:
parties agree Thetoparties
attemptagree
to resolve
to attempt
disputes
to resolve
prior to
disputes
submitting
prior such
to submitting such
WRITTEN, EXPRESS,
WRITTEN,
OR IMPLIED.
EXPRESS, OR IMPLIED. disputes to determination
disputes tobydetermination
litigation by bygood-faith
litigationnegotiations
by good-faithbetween
negotiations
knowledgeable,
between knowledgeable,
responsible responsible
RMINATION:
9. TERMINATION: representatives of
representatives
each party who of are
eachfully
party
authorized
who are to fully
settle
authorized
any such
to dispute.
settle any such dispute.
1 Termination9.1forTermination
Convenience: forPurchaser,
Convenience: by written
Purchaser,
notice,
by shall
written
havenotice,
the right
shalltohave
terminate
the right 19. WAIVER:
theto terminate 19. WAIVER:
the Seller’s failure to
Seller’s
insist failure
on performance
to insist on of performance
any term, condition,
of any term,
or instruction,
condition, or
or failure
instruction,
to or failure to
Order, in whole or
Order,
in part,
in whole
at anyortime
in part,
for its
at convenience.
any time for its
Upon
convenience.
receipt of written
Upon receipt
notice,ofSeller
written exercise
andnotice, Seller and any rightexercise
or privilege,
any rightor or
its privilege,
waiver of oranyitsbreach,
waiver shall
of anynotbreach,
thereafter
shallwaive
not thereafter
any such waive
term, any such term,
any subcontractors
any and
subcontractors
suppliers shall
and immediately
suppliers shall
cease
immediately
all work with
ceaserespect
all workto with
the Products. condition, instruction,
respect to the Products. condition,
right,instruction,
or privilege.
right, or privilege.
Within thirty (30)
Within
days thirty
of Seller’s
(30) days
receipt
of of
Seller’s
any termination
receipt of any
notice,
termination
Seller shall
notice,
submit
Seller
its shall
claimsubmit its claim
for its costs of performance
for its costs of
to performance
the date of termination.
to the date The
of termination.
termination The
charges
termination
shall consist
charges of shall
a consist of a
MATERIAL HANDLING
CATALOG INDEX
PRODUCT PAGE
SECTION H - MATERIAL HANDLING CONVEYORS
STOCK & MTO SCREW COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-2
SCREW CONVEYORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-2 – H-122
BUCKET ELEVATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-122 – H-151
DRAG CONVEYORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-156 – H-167
VERTICAL SCREW ELEVATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-168 – H-175
MODULAR PLASTIC SCREW CONVEYORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-176 – H-178
SHAFTLESS SCREW CONVEYOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-179 – H-181
DATA SHEETS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-182 – H-184
SECTION i - APPENDIX - GENERAL ENGINEERING INFORMATION
HORSEPOWER/TORQUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-2 – i-6
ELECTRICAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-7
ELECTRICAL MOTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-8
SHAFT SELECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-9 – i-11
FLYWHEEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-12
WEIGHTS OF STEEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-13
PROPERTIES OF STEEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-14
PROPERTIES OF VARIOUS METALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-15
HARDNESS CONVERSION CHART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-16
DECIMAL EQUIVALENT CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-17
ENGLISH/METRIC CONVERSIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-18 – i-19
ENGINEERING FORMULAS & CONSTANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-20
CIRCUMFERENCES/AREAS OF CIRCLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-21
TRIGONOMETRIC FORMULAS/FUNCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-22 – i-24
CONVERSION TABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-25 – i-28
INDEX
SECTION H
MATERIAL HANDLING
PRODUCT PAGE
H-1
Stock & MTO Screw
Conveyor Components
Screw Conveyor Components and Accessories
THRUST ASSEMBLY
INLET AND DISCHARGE
TYPE E SPLIT GLAND
SPOUTS
WITH DRIVE SHAFT HANGER HANGER TROUGH END BEARING
STYLE 70 STYLE 19B BALL AND ROLLER
SPEED REDUCER
SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE FLANGED COVER
SHAFT MOUNTED
WITH ACCESSORIES WITH ACCESSORIES
WITH ACCESSORIES
SHAFTLESS SCREWS
Martin manufacturers the most complete line of stock components in the industry. We stock mild steel, stainless, galvanized, and
many other items that are "special order" from the others in the industry.
H-2
Engineering
ENGINEERING PAGE
Introduction
The following section is designed to present the necessary engineering information to properly design and layout most conveyor
applications. The information has been compiled from many years of experience in successful design and application and from
industry standards.
We hope that the information presented will be helpful to you in determining the type and size of screw conveyor that will best suit
your needs.
The "screw conveyor design procedure" on the following page gives ten step-by-step instructions for properly designing a screw
conveyor. These steps, plus the many following tables and formulas throughout the engineering section will enable you to design and
detail screw conveyor for most applications.
If your requirements present any complications not covered in this section, we invite you to contact our engineering department for
recommendations and suggestions.
H-3
Design
Classify the material according to the system shown in Table 1-1. Or, if the
STEP 2 Classify Material
material is included in Table 1-2, use the classification shown in Table 1-2.
STEP 3 Determine Design Capacity Determine design capacity as described on pages H-16–H-18.
From Table 1-2, determine hanger bearing group for the material to be conveyed.
STEP 6 Determine Type of Bearings
Locate this bearing group in Table 1-11 for the type of bearing recommended.
From Table 1-2, determine Horsepower Factor "Fm" for the material to be
STEP 7 Determine Horsepower
conveyed. Refer to page H-23 and calculate horsepower by the formula method.
Select basic components from Tables 1-8, 1-9, and 1-10 in accordance with
STEP 9 Select Components Component Group listed in Table 1-2 for the material to be conveyed. Select
balance of components from the Components Section of catalog.
STEP 10 Conveyor Layouts Refer to pages H-39 and H-40 for typical layout details.
H-4
Table 1-1
Material Classification Code Chart
H-5
Table 1-2
Material Characteristics
Material Characteristics
The material characteristics table (page H-7 or H-15) lists the following Design Data for many materials.
A. The weight per cubic foot data may be used to calculate the required capacity of the conveyor in cubic feet per hour.
B. B. The material code for each material is as described in Table 1-1, and as interpreted below.
C. The Intermediate Bearing Selection Code is used to properly select the intermediate hanger bearing from Table 1-11 (Page
H-22).
D. The Component Series Code is used to determine the correct components to be used as shown on page H-21.
E. The Material Factor Fm is used in determining horsepower as described on pages H-23 thru H-25.
F. The Trough Loading column indicates the proper percent of cross section loading to use in determining diameter and speed of
the conveyor.
For screw conveyor design purposes, conveyed materials are classified in accordance with the code system in Table 1-1, and listed in
Table 1-2.
Table 1-2 lists many materials that can be effectively conveyed by a screw conveyor. If a material is not listed in Table 1-2, it must be
classified according to Table 1-1 or by referring to a listed material similar in weight, particle size and other characteristics.
Other
Size Characteristics
Flowability Abrasiveness
H-6
Table 1-2
Material Characteristics
Material
Weight Intermediate Bearing Component Trough
Material Factor
lbs. per cu. ft Material Code Selection Series Loading
Fm
Adipic Acid 45 A100-35 S 2 .5 30A
Alfalfa Meal 14-22 B6-45WY H 2 .6 30A
Alfalfa Pellets 41-43 C1/2-25 H 2 .5 45
Alfalfa Seed 10-15 B6-15N L-S-B 1 .4 45
Almonds, Broken 27-30 C1/2-35Q H 2 .9 30A
Almonds, Whole Shelled 28-30 C1/2-35Q H 2 .9 30A
Alum, Fine 45-50 B6-35U L-S-B 1 .6 30A
Alum, Lumpy 50-60 B6-25 L-S 2 1.4 45
Alumina 55-65 B6-27MY H 3 1.8 15
Alumina, Fine 35 A100-27MY H 3 1.6 15
Alumina Sized or Briquette 65 D3-37 H 3 2.0 15
Aluminate Gel (Aluminate Hydroxide) 45 B6-35 H 2 1.7 30A
Aluminum Chips, Dry 7-15 E-45V H 2 1.2 30A
Aluminum Chips, Oily 7-15 E-45V H 2 .8 30A
Aluminum Hydrate 13-20 C1/2-35 L-S-B 1 1.4 30A
Aluminum Ore (See Bauxite) — — — — — —
Aluminum Oxide 60-120 A100-17M H 3 1.8 15
Aluminum Silicate (Andalusite) 49 C1/2-35S L-S 3 .8 30A
Aluminum Sulfate 45-58 C1/2-25 L-S-B 1 1.0 45
Ammonium Chloride, Crystalline 45-52 A100-45FRS L-S 3 .7 30A
Ammonium Nitrate 45-62 A40-35NTU H 3 1.3 30A
Ammonium Sulfate 45-58 C1/2-35FOTU L-S 1 1.0 30A
Antimony Powder — A100-35 H 2 1.6 30A
Apple Pomace, Dry 15 C1/2-45Y H 2 1.0 30A
Arsenate Of Lead (See Lead Arsenate) — — — — — —
Arsenic Oxide (Arsenolite) 100-120 A100-35R L-S-B — — 30A
Arsenic Pulverized 30 A100-25R H 2 .8 45
Asbestos — Rock (Ore) 81 D3-37R H 3 1.2 15
Asbestos — Shredded 20-40 E-46XY H 2 1.0 30B
Ash, Black Ground 105 B6-35 L-S-B 1 2.0 30A
Ashes, Coal, Dry — 1/2" 35-45 C1/2-46TY H 3 3.0 30B
Ashes, Coal, Dry — 3" 35-40 D3-46T H 3 2.5 30B
Ashes, Coal, Wet — 1/2" 45-50 C1/2-46T H 3 3.0 30B
Ashes, Coal, Wet — 3" 45-50 D3-46T H 3 4.0 30B
Ashes, Fly (See Fly Ash) — — — — — —
Asphalt, Crushed — 1/2" 45 C1/2-45 H 2 2.0 30A
Bagasse 7-10 E-45RVXY L-S-B 2 1.5 30A
Bakelite, Fine 30-45 B6-25 L-S-B 1 1.4 45
Baking Powder 40-55 A100-35 S 1 .6 30A
Baking Soda (Sodium Bicarbonate) 40-55 A100-25 S 1 .6 45
Barite (Barium Sulfate) + 1/2" — 3" 120-180 D3-36 H 3 2.6 30B
Barite, Powder 120-180 A100-35X H 2 2.0 30A
Barium Carbonate 72 A100-45R H 2 1.6 30A
Bark, Wood, Refuse 10-20 E-45TVY H 3 2.0 30A
Barley, Fine, Ground 24-38 B6-35 L-S-B 1 .4 30A
Barley, Malted 31 C1/2-35 L-S-B 1 .4 30A
Barley, Meal 28 C1/2-35 L-S-B 1 .4 30A
Barley, Whole 36-48 B6-25N L-S-B 1 .5 45
Basalt 80-105 B6-27 H 3 1.8 15
Bauxite, Dry, Ground 68 B6-25 H 2 1.8 45
Bauxite, Crushed — 3" 75-85 D3-36 H 3 2.5 30B
Beans,Castor, Meal 35-40 B6-35W L-S-B 1 .8 30A
Beans, Castor, Whole Shelled 36 C1/2-15W L-S-B 1 .5 45
Beans, Navy, Dry 48 C1/2-15 L-S-B 1 .5 45
Beans, Navy, Steeped 60 C1/2-25 L-S-B 1 .8 45
Bentonite, Crude 34-40 D3-45X H 2 1.2 30A
H-7
Table 1-2
Material Characteristics (Cont’d)
Material
Weight Intermediate Bearing Component Trough
Material Factor
lbs. per cu. ft Material Code Selection Series Loading
Fm
Bentonite, –100 Mesh 50-60 A100-25MXY H 2 0.7 45
Benzene Hexachloride 56 A100-45R L-S-B 1 0.6 30A
Bicarbonate of Soda (Baking Soda) — — S 1 0.6 —
Blood, Dried 35-45 D3-45U H 2 2 30A
Blood, Ground, Dried 30 A100-35U L-S 1 1 30A
Bone Ash (Tricalcium Phosphate) 40-50 A100-45 L-S 1 1.6 30A
Boneblack 20-25 A100-25Y L-S 1 1.5 45
Bonechar 27-40 B6-35 L-S 1 1.6 30A
Bonemeal 50-60 B6-35 H 2 1.7 30A
Bones, Whole* 35-50 E-45V H 2 3 30A
Bones, Crushed 35-50 D3-45 H 2 2 30A
Bones, Ground 50 B6-35 H 2 1.7 30A
Borate of Lime 60 A100-35 L-S-B 1 0.6 30A
Borax, Fine 45-55 B6-25T H 3 0.7 30B
Borax Screening — 1/2" 55-60 C1/2-35 H 2 1.5 30A
Borax, 11/2" - 2" Lump 55-60 D3-35 H 2 1.8 30A
Borax, 2" - 3" Lump 60-70 D3-35 H 2 2 30A
Boric Acid, Fine 55 B6-25T H 3 0.8 30A
Boron 75 A100-37 H 2 1 30B
Bran, Rice — Rye — Wheat 16-20 B6-35NY L-S-B 1 0.5 30A
Braunite (Manganese Oxide) 120 A100-36 H 2 2 30B
Bread Crumbs 20-25 B6-35PQ L-S-B 1 0.6 30A
Brewer’s Grain, Spent, Dry 14-30 C1/2-45 L-S-B 1 0.5 30A
Brewer’s Grain, Spent, Wet 55-60 C1/2-45T L-S 2 0.8 30A
Brick, Ground — 1/8" 100-120 B6-37 H 3 2.2 15
Bronze Chips 30-50 B6-45 H 2 2 30A
Buckwheat 37-42 B6-25N L-S-B 1 0.4 45
Calcine, Flour 75-85 A100-35 L-S-B 1 0.7 30A
Calcium Carbide 70-90 D3-25N H 2 2 30A
Calcium Carbonate (See Limestone) — — — — — —
Calcium Fluoride (See Fluorspar) — — — — — —
Calcium Hydrate (See Lime, Hydrated) — — — — — —
Calcium Hydroxide (See Lime, Hydrated) — — — — — —
Calcium Lactate 26-29 D3-45QTR L-S 2 0.6 30A
Calcium Oxide (See Lime, Unslaked) — — — — — —
Calcium Phosphate 40-50 A100-45 L-S-B 1 1.6 30A
Calcium Sulfate (See Gypsum) — — — — — —
Carbon, Activated, Dry Fine* — — — — — —
Carbon Black, Pelleted* — — — — — —
Carbon Black, Powder* — — — — — —
Carborundum 100 D3-27 H 3 3 15
Casein 36 B6-35 H 2 1.6 30A
Cashew Nuts 32-37 C1/2-45 H 2 0.7 30A
Cast Iron, Chips 130-200 C1/2-45 H 2 4 30A
Caustic Soda 88 B6-35RSU H 3 1.8 30A
Caustic Soda, Flakes 47 C1/2-45RSUX L-S 3 1.5 30A
Celite (See Diatomaceous Earth) — — — — — —
Cement, Clinker 75-95 D3-36 H 3 1.8 30B
Cement, Mortar 133 B6-35Q H 3 3 30A
Cement, Portland 94 A100-26M H 2 1.4 30B
Cement, Aerated (Portland) 60-75 A100-16M H 2 1.4 30B
Cerrusite (See Lead Carbonate) — — — — — —
Chalk, Crushed 75-95 D3-25 H 2 1.9 30A
Chalk, Pulverized 67-75 A100-25MXY H 2 1.4 45
Charcoal, Ground 18-28 A100-45 H 2 1.2 30A
Charcoal, Lumps 18-28 D3-45Q H 2 1.4 30A
*Consult Factory
H-8
Table 1-2
Material Characteristics (Cont’d)
Material
Weight Intermediate Bearing Component Trough
Material Factor
lbs. per cu. ft Material Code Selection Series Loading
Fm
Chocolate, Cake Pressed 40-45 D3-25 S 2 1.5 30A
Chrome Ore 125-140 D3-36 H 3 2.5 30B
Cinders, Blast Furnace 57 D3-36T H 3 1.9 30B
Cinders, Coal 40 D3-36T H 3 1.8 30B
Clay (See Bentonite, Diatomaceous Earth,
— — — — — —
Fuller’s Earth, Kaolin & Marl)
Clay, Ceramic, Dry, Fines 60-80 A100-35P L-S-B 1 1.5 30A
Clay, Calcined 80-100 B6-36 H 3 2.4 30B
Clay, Brick, Dry, Fines 100-120 C1/2-36 H 3 2.0 30B
Clay, Dry, Lumpy 60-75 D3-35 H 2 1.8 30A
Clinker, Cement (See Cement Clinker) — — — — — —
Clover Seed 45-48 B6-25N L-S-B 1 .4 45
Coal, Anthracite (River & Culm) 55-61 B6-35TY L-S 2 1.0 30A
Coal, Anthracite, Sized-1/2" 49-61 C1/2-25 L-S 2 1.0 45
Coal, Bituminous, Mined 40-60 D3-35LNXY L-S 1 .9 30A
Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Sized 45-50 D3-35QV L-S 1 1.0 30A
Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Slack 43-50 C1/2-45T L-S 2 .9 30A
Coal, Lignite 37-45 D3-35T H 2 1.0 30A
Cocoa Beans 30-45 C1/2-25Q L-S 1 .5 45
Cocoa, Nibs 35 C1/2-25 H 2 .5 45
Cocoa, Powdered 30-35 A100-45XY S 1 .9 30A
Cocoanut, Shredded 20-22 E-45 S 2 1.5 30A
Coffee, Chaff 20 B6-25MY L-S 1 1.0 45
Coffee, Green Bean 25-32 C1/2-25PQ L-S 1 .5 45
Coffee, Ground, Dry 25 A40-35P L-S 1 .6 30A
Coffee, Ground, Wet 35-45 A40-45X L-S 1 .6 30A
Coffee, Roasted Bean 20-30 C1/2-25PQ S 1 .4 45
Coffee, Soluble 19 A40-35PUY S 1 .4 45
Coke, Breeze 25-35 C1/2-37 H 3 1.2 15
Coke, Loose 23-35 D7-37 H 3 1.2 15
Coke, Petrol, Calcined 35-45 D7-37 H 3 1.3 15
Compost 30-50 D7-45TV L-S 3 1.0 30A
Concrete, Pre-Mix Dry 85-120 C1/2-36U H 3 3.0 30B
Copper Ore 120-150 DX-36 H 3 4.0 30B
Copper Ore, Crushed 100-150 D3-36 H 3 4.0 30B
Copper Sulphate, (Bluestone) 75-95 C1/2-35S L-S 2 1.0 30A
Copperas (See Ferrous Sulphate) — — — — — —
Copra, Cake Ground 40-45 B6-45HW L-S-B 1 .7 30A
Copra, Cake, Lumpy 25-30 D3-35HW L-S-B 2 .8 30A
Copra, Lumpy 22 E-35HW L-S-B 2 1.0 30A
Copra, Meal 40-45 B6-35HW H 2 .7 30A
Cork, Fine Ground 5-15 B6-35JNY L-S-B 1 .5 30A
Cork, Granulated 12-15 C1/2-35JY L-S-B 1 .5 30A
Corn, Cracked 40-50 B6-25P L-S-B 1 .7 45
Corn Cobs, Ground 17 C1/2-25Y L-S-B 1 .6 45
Corn Cobs, Whole* 12-15 E-35 L-S 2 30A
Corn Ear* 56 E-35 L-S 2 30A
Corn Germ 21 B6-35PY L-S-B 1 .4 30A
Corn Grits 40-45 B6-35P L-S-B 1 .5 30A
Cornmeal 32-40 B6-35P L-S 1 .5 30A
Corn Oil, Cake 25 D7-45HW L-S 1 .6 30A
Corn Seed 45 C1/2-25PQ L-S-B 1 .4 45
Corn Shelled 45 C1/2-25 L-S-B 1 .4 45
Corn Sugar 30-35 B6-35PU S 1 1.0 30A
Cottonseed, Cake, Crushed 40-45 C1/2-45HW L-S 1 1.0 30A
Cottonseed, Cake, Lumpy 40-45 D7-45HW L-S 2 1.0 30A
H-9
Table 1-2
Material Characteristics (Cont’d)
Material
Weight Intermediate Bearing Component Trough
Material Factor
lbs. per cu. ft Material Code Selection Series Loading
Fm
Cottonseed, Dry, Delinted 22-40 C1/2-25X L-S 1 .6 45
Cottonseed, Dry, Not Delinted 18-25 C1/2-45XY L-S 1 .9 30A
Cottonseed, Flakes 20-25 C1/2-35HWY L-S 1 .8 30A
Cottonseed, Hulls 12 B6-35Y L-S 1 .9 30A
Cottonseed, Meal, Expeller 25-30 B6-45HW L-S 3 .5 30A
Cottonseed, Meal, Extracted 35-40 B6-45HW L-S 1 .5 30A
Cottonseed, Meats, Dry 40 B6-35HW L-S 1 .6 30A
Cottonseed, Meats, Rolled 35-40 C1/2-45HW L-S 1 .6 30A
Cracklings, Crushed 40-50 D3-45HW L-S-B 2 1.3 30A
Cryolite, Dust 75-90 A100-36L H 2 2.0 30B
Cryolite, Lumpy 90-110 D16-36 H 2 2.1 30B
Cullet, Fine 80-120 C1/2-37 H 3 2.0 15
Cullet, Lump 80-120 D16-37 H 3 2.5 15
Culm, (See Coal, Anthracite) — — — — — —
Cupric Sulphate (Copper Sulfate) — — — — — —
Detergent (See Soap Detergent) — — — — — —
Diatomaceous Earth 11-17 A40-36Y H 3 1.6 30B
Dicalcium Phosphate 40-50 A40-35 L-S-B 1 1.6 30A
Disodium Phosphate 25-31 A40-35 H 3 .5 30A
Distiller’s Grain, Spent Dry 30 B6-35 H 2 .5 30A
Distiller’s Grain, Spent Wet 40-60 C1/2-45V L-S 3 .8 30A
Dolomite, Crushed 80-100 C1/2-36 H 2 2.0 30B
Dolomite, Lumpy 90-100 DX-36 H 2 2.0 30B
Earth, Loam, Dry, Loose 76 C1/2-36 H 2 1.2 30B
Ebonite, Crushed 63-70 C1/2-35 L-S-B 1 .8 30A
Egg Powder 16 A40-35MPY S 1 1.0 30A
Epsom Salts (Magnesium Sulfate) 40-50 A40-35U L-S-B 1 .8 30A
Feldspar, Ground 65-80 A100-37 H 2 2.0 15
Feldspar, Lumps 90-100 D7-37 H 2 2.0 15
Feldspar, Powder 100 A200-36 H 2 2.0 30B
Feldspar, Screenings 75-80 C1/2-37 H 2 2.0 15
Ferrous Sulfide — 1/2" 120-135 C1/2-26 H 2 2.0 30B
Ferrous Sulfide — 100M 105-120 A100-36 H 2 2.0 30B
Ferrous Sulphate 50-75 C1/2-35U H 2 1.0 30A
Fish Meal 35-40 C1/2-45HP L-S-B 1 1.0 30A
Fish Scrap 40-50 D7-45H L-S-B 2 1.5 30A
Flaxseed 43-45 B6-35X L-S-B 1 .4 30A
Flaxseed Cake (Linseed Cake) 48-50 D7-45W L-S 2 .7 30A
Flaxseed Meal (Linseed Meal) 25-45 B6-45W L-S 1 .4 30A
Flour Wheat 33-40 A40-45LP S 1 .6 30A
Flue Dust, Basic Oxygen Furnace 45-60 A40-36LM H 3 3.5 30B
Flue Dust, Blast Furnace 110-125 A40-36 H 3 3.5 30B
Flue Dust, Boiler H. Dry 30-45 A40-36LM H 3 2.0 30B
Fluorspar, Fine (Calcium Fluoride) 80-100 B6-36 H 2 2.0 30B
Fluorspar, Lumps 90-110 D7-36 H 2 2.0 30B
Fly Ash 30-45 A40-36M H 3 2.0 30B
Foundry Sand, Dry (See Sand) — — — — — —
Fuller’s Earth, Dry, Raw 30-40 A40-25 H 2 2.0 15
Fuller’s Earth, Oily, Spent 60-65 C1/2-450W H 3 2.0 30A
Fuller’s Earth, Calcined 40 A100-25 H 3 2.0 15
Galena (See Lead Sulfide) — — — — — —
Gelatine, Granulated 32 B6-35PU S 1 .8 30A
Gilsonite 37 C1/2-35 H 3 1.5 30A
Glass, Batch 80-100 C1/2-37 H 3 2.5 15
Glue, Ground 40 B6-45U H 2 1.7 30A
Glue, Pearl 40 C1/2-35U L-S-B 1 .5 30A
H-10
Table 1-2
Material Characteristics (Cont’d)
Material
Weight Intermediate Bearing Component Trough
Material Factor
lbs. per cu. ft Material Code Selection Series Loading
Fm
Glue, Veg. Powdered 40 A40-45U L-S-B 1 .6 30A
Gluten, Meal 40 B6-35P L-S 1 .6 30A
Granite, Fine 80-90 C1/2-27 H 3 2.5 15
Grape Pomace 15-20 D3-45U H 2 1.4 30A
Graphite Flake 40 B6-25LP L-S-B 1 .5 45
Graphite Flour 28 A100-35LMP L-S-B 1 .5 30A
Graphite Ore 65-75 DX-35L H 2 1.0 30A
Guano Dry* 70 C1/2-35 L-S 3 2.0 30A
Gypsum, Calcined 55-60 B6-35U H 2 1.6 30A
Gypsum, Calcined, Powdered 60-80 A100-35U H 2 2.0 30A
Gypsum, Raw — 1" 70-80 D3-25 H 2 2.0 30A
Hay, Chopped* 8-12 C1/2-35JY L-S 2 1.6 30A
Hexanedioic Acid (See Adipic Acid) — — — — — —
Hominy, Dry 35-50 C1/2-25 L-S-B 1 .4 45
Hops, Spent, Dry 35 D3-35 L-S-B 2 1.0 30A
Hops, Spent, Wet 50-55 D3-45V L-S 2 1.5 30A
Ice, Crushed 35-45 D3-35Q L-S 2 .4 30A
Ice, Flaked* 40-45 C1/2-35Q S 1 .6 30A
Ice, Cubes 33-35 D3-35Q S 1 .4 30A
Ice, Shell 33-35 D3-45Q S 1 .4 30A
Ilmenite Ore 140-160 D3-37 H 3 2.0 15
Iron Ore Concentrate 120-180 A40-37 H 3 2.2 15
Iron Oxide Pigment 25 A100-36LMP H 2 1.0 30B
Iron Oxide, Millscale 75 C1/2-36 H 2 1.6 30B
Iron Pyrites (See Ferrous Sulfide) — — — — — —
Iron Sulphate (See Ferrous Sulfate) — — — — — —
Iron Sulfide (See Ferrous Sulfide) — — — — — —
Iron Vitriol (See Ferrous Sulfate) — — — — — —
Kafir (Corn) 40-45 C1/2-25 H 3 .5 45
Kaolin Clay 63 D3-25 H 2 2.0 30A
Kaolin Clay-Talc 32-56 A40-35LMP H 2 2.0 30A
Kryalith (See Cryolite) — — — — — —
Lactose 32 A40-35PU S 1 .6 30A
Lamp Black (See Carbon Black) — — — — — —
Lead Arsenate 72 A40-35R L-S-B 1 1.4 30A
Lead Arsenite 72 A40-35R L-S-B 1 1.4 30A
Lead Carbonate 240-260 A40-35R H 2 1.0 30A
Lead Ore — 1/8" 200-270 B6-35 H 3 1.4 30A
Lead Ore — 1/2" 180-230 C1/2-36 H 3 1.4 30B
Lead Oxide (Red Lead) — 100 Mesh 30-150 A100-35P H 2 1.2 30A
Lead Oxide (Red Lead) — 200 Mesh 30-180 A200-35LP H 2 1.2 30A
Lead Sulphide — 100 Mesh 240-260 A100-35R H 2 1.0 30A
Lignite (See Coal Lignite) — — — — — —
Limanite, Ore, Brown 120 C1/2-47 H 3 1.7 15
Lime, Ground, Unslaked 60-65 B6-35U L-S-B 1 .6 30A
Lime Hydrated 40 B6-35LM H 2 .8 30A
Lime, Hydrated, Pulverized 32-40 A40-35LM L-S 1 .6 30A
Lime, Pebble 53-56 C1/2-25HU L-S 2 2.0 45
Limestone, Agricultural 68 B6-35 H 2 2.0 30A
Limestone, Crushed 85-90 DX-36 H 2 2.0 30B
Limestone, Dust 55-95 A40-46MY H 2 1.6-2.0 30B
Lindane (Benzene Hexachloride) — — — — — —
Linseed (See Flaxseed) — — — — — —
Litharge (Lead Oxide) — — — — — —
Lithopone 45-50 A325-35MR L-S 1 1.0 30A
Maize (See Milo) — — — — — —
*Consult Factory
H-11
Table 1-2
Material Characteristics (Cont’d)
Material
Weight Intermediate Bearing Component Trough
Material Factor
lbs. per cu. ft Material Code Selection Series Loading
Fm
Malt, Dry, Ground 20-30 B6-35NP L-S-B 1 .5 30A
Malt, Meal 36-40 B6-25P L-S-B 1 .4 45
Malt, Dry Whole 20-30 C1/2-35N L-S-B 1 .5 30A
Malt, Sprouts 13-15 C1/2-35P L-S-B 1 .4 30A
Magnesium Chloride (Magnesite) 33 C1/2-45 L-S 1 1.0 30A
Manganese Dioxide* 70-85 A100-35NRT L-S 2 1.5 30A
Manganese Ore 125-140 DX-37 H 3 2.0 15
Manganese Oxide 120 A100-36 H 2 2.0 30B
Manganese Sulfate 70 C1/2-37 H 3 2.4 15
Marble, Crushed 80-95 B6-37 H 3 2.0 15
Marl, (Clay) 80 DX-36 H 2 1.6 30B
Meat, Ground 50-55 E-45HQTX L-S 2 1.5 30A
Meat, Scrap (w/bone) 40 E-46H H 2 1.5 30B
Mica, Flakes 17-22 B6-16MY H 2 1.0 30B
Mica, Ground 13-15 B6-36 H 2 .9 30B
Mica, Pulverized 13-15 A100-36M H 2 1.0 30B
Milk, Dried, Flake 5-6 B6-35PUY S 1 .4 30A
Milk, Malted 27-30 A40-45PX S 1 .9 30A
Milk, Powdered 20-45 B6-25PM S 1 .5 45
Milk Sugar 32 A100-35PX S 1 .6 30A
Milk, Whole, Powdered 20-36 B6-35PUX S 1 .5 30A
Mill Scale (Steel) 120-125 E-46T H 3 3.0 30B
Milo, Ground 32-36 B6-25 L-S-B 1 .5 45
Milo Maize (Kafir) 40-45 B6-15N L-S-B 1 .4 45
Molybdenite Powder 107 B6-26 H 2 1.5 30B
Monosodium Phosphate 50 B6-36 H 2 .6 30B
Mortar, Wet* 150 E-46T H 3 3.0 30B
Mustard Seed 45 B6-15N L-S-B 1 .4 45
Naphthalene Flakes 45 B6-35 L-S-B 1 .7 30A
Niacin (Nicotinic Acid) 35 A40-35P H 2 2.5 30A
Oats 26 C1/2-25MN L-S-B 1 .4 45
Oats, Crimped 19-26 C1/2-35 L-S-B 1 .5 30A
Oats, Crushed 22 B6-45NY L-S-B 1 .6 30A
Oats, Flour 35 A100-35 L-S-B 1 .5 30A
Oat Hulls 8-12 B6-35NY L-S-B 1 .5 30A
Oats, Rolled 19-24 C1/2-35NY L-S-B 1 .6 30A
Oleo Margarine (Margarine) 59 E-45HKPWX L-S 2 .4 30A
Orange Peel, Dry 15 E-45 L-S 2 1.5 30A
Oxalic Acid Crystals — Ethane Diacid Crystals 60 B6-35QS L-S 1 1.0 30A
Oyster Shells, Ground 50-60 C1/2-36T H 3 1.6-2.0 30B
Oyster Shells, Whole 80 D3-36TV H 3 2.1-2.5 30B
Paper Pulp (4% or less) 62 E-45 L-S 2 1.5 30A
Paper Pulp (6% to 15%) 60-62 E-45 L-S 2 1.5 30A
Paraffin Cake — 1/2" 45 C1/2-45K L-S 1 .6 30A
Peanuts, Clean, in shell 15-20 D3-35Q L-S 2 .6 30A
Peanut Meal 30 B6-35P S 1 .6 30A
Peanuts, Raw, Uncleaned (unshelled) 15-20 D3-36Q H 3 .7 30B
Peanuts, Shelled 35-45 C1/2-35Q S 1 .4 30A
Peas, Dried 45-50 C1/2-15NQ L-S-B 1 .5 45
Perlite — Expanded 8-12 C1/2-36 H 2 .6 30B
Phosphate Acid Fertillizer 60 B6-25T L-S 2 1.4 45
Phosphate Disodium (See Sodium Phosphate) — — — — — —
Phosphate Rock, Broken 75-85 DX-36 H 2 2.1 30B
Phosphate Rock, Pulverized 60 B6-36 H 2 1.7 30B
Phosphate Sand 90-100 B6-37 H 3 2.0 15
Plaster of Paris (See Gypsum) — — — — — —
*Consult Factory
H-12
Table 1-2
Material Characteristics (Cont’d)
Material
Weight Intermediate Bearing Component Trough
Material Factor
lbs. per cu. ft Material Code Selection Series Loading
Fm
Plumbago (See Graphite) — — — — — —
Polystyrene Beads 40 B6-35PQ S 1 .4 30A
Polyvinyl, Chloride Powder 20-30 A100-45KT S 2 1.0 30A
Polyvinyl, Chloride Pellets 20-30 E-45KPQT S 1 .6 30A
Polyethylene, Resin Pellets 30-35 C1/2-45Q L-S 1 .4 30A
Potash (Muriate) Dry 70 B6-37 H 3 2.0 15
Potash (Muriate) Mine Run 75 DX-37 H 3 2.2 15
Potassium Carbonate 51 B6-36 H 2 1.0 30B
Potassium Chloride Pellets 120-130 C1/2-25TU H 3 1.6 45
Potassium Nitrate — 1/2" 76 C1/2-16NT H 3 1.2 30B
Potassium Nitrate — 1/8" 80 B6-26NT H 3 1.2 30B
Potassium Sulfate 42-48 B6-46X H 2 1.0 30B
Potato Flour 48 A200-35MNP L-S 1 .5 30A
Pumice — 1/8" 42-48 B6-46 H 3 1.6 30B
Pyrite, Pellets 120-130 C1/2-26 H 3 2.0 30B
Quartz — 100 Mesh 70-80 A100-27 H 3 1.7 15
Quartz — 1/2" 80-90 C1/2-27 H 3 2.0 15
Rice, Bran 20 B6-35NY L-S-B 1 .4 30A
Rice, Grits 42-45 B6-35P L-S-B 1 .4 30A
Rice, Polished 30 C1/2-15P L-S-B 1 .4 45
Rice, Hulled 45-49 C1/2-25P L-S-B 1 .4 45
Rice, Hulls 20-21 B6-35NY L-S-B 1 .4 30A
Rice, Rough 32-36 C1/2-35N L-S-B 1 .6 30A
Rosin — 1/2" 65-68 C1/2-45Q L-S-B 1 1.5 30A
Rubber, Reclaimed Ground 23-50 C1/2-45 L-S-B 1 .8 30A
Rubber, Pelleted 50-55 D3-45 L-S-B 2 1.5 30A
Rye 42-48 B6-15N L-S-B 1 .4 45
Rye Bran 15-20 B6-35Y L-S-B 1 .4 45
Rye Feed 33 B6-35N L-S-B 1 .5 30A
Rye Meal 35-40 B6-35 L-S-B 1 .5 30A
Rye Middlings 42 B6-35 L-S 1 .5 30A
Rye, Shorts 32-33 C1/2-35 L-S 2 .5 30A
Safflower, Cake 50 D3-26 H 2 .6 30B
Safflower, Meal 50 B6-35 L-S-B 1 .6 30A
Safflower Seed 45 B6-15N L-S-B 1 .4 45
Saffron (See Safflower) — — — — — —
Sal Ammoniac (Ammonium Chloride) — — — — — —
Salt Cake, Dry Coarse 85 B6-36TU H 3 2.1 30B
Salt Cake, Dry Pulverized 65-85 B6-36TU H 3 1.7 30B
Salicylic Acid 29 B6-37U H 3 .6 15
Salt, Dry Coarse 45-60 C1/2-36TU H 3 1.0 30B
Salt, Dry Fine 70-80 B6-36TU H 3 1.7 30B
Saltpeter — (See Potassium Nitrate) — — — — — —
Sand Dry Bank (Damp) 110-130 B6-47 H 3 2.8 15
Sand Dry Bank (Dry) 90-110 B6-37 H 3 1.7 15
Sand Dry Silica 90-100 B6-27 H 3 2.0 15
Sand Foundry (Shake Out) 90-100 D3-37Z H 3 2.6 15
Sand (Resin Coated) Silica 104 B6-27 H 3 2.0 15
Sand (Resin Coated) Zircon 115 A100-27 H 3 2.3 15
Sawdust, Dry 10-13 B6-45UX L-S-B 1 1.4 15
Sea — Coal 65 B6-36 H 2 1.0 30B
Sesame Seed 27-41 B6-26 H 2 .6 30B
Shale, Crushed 85-90 C1/2-36 H 2 2.0 30B
Shellac, Powdered or Granulated 31 B6-35P S 1 .6 30A
Silicon Dioxide (See Quartz) — — — — — —
Silica, Flour 80 A40-46 H 2 1.5 30B
H-13
Table 1-2
Material Characteristics (Cont’d)
Material
Weight Intermediate Bearing Component Trough
Material Factor
lbs. per cu. ft Material Code Selection Series Loading
Fm
Silica Gel + 1/2" - 3" 45 D3-37HKQU H 3 2.0 15
Slag, Blast Furnace Crushed 130-180 D3-37Y H 3 2.4 15
Slag, Furnace Granular, Dry 60-65 C1/2-37 H 3 2.2 15
Slate, Crushed, — 1/2" 80-90 C1/2-36 H 2 2.0 30B
Slate, Ground, — 1/8" 82-85 B6-36 H 2 1.6 30B
Sludge, Sewage, Dried 40-50 E-47TW H 3 .8 15
Sludge, Sewage, Dry Ground 45-55 B-46S H 2 .8 30B
Soap, Beads or Granules 15-35 B6-35Q L-S-B 1 .6 30A
Soap, Chips 15-25 C1/2-35Q L-S-B 1 .6 30A
Soap Detergent 15-50 B6-35FQ L-S-B 1 .8 30A
Soap, Flakes 5-15 B6-35QXY L-S-B 1 .6 30A
Soap, Powder 20-25 B6-25X L-S-B 1 .9 45
Soapstone, Talc, Fine 40-50 A200-45XY L-S-B 1 2.0 30A
Soda Ash, Heavy 55-65 B6-36 H 2 2.0 30B
Soda Ash, Light 20-35 A40-36Y H 2 1.6 30B
Sodium Aluminate, Ground 72 B6-36 H 2 1.0 30B
Sodium Aluminum Fluoride (See Kryolite) — — — — — —
Sodium Aluminum Sulphate* 75 A100-36 H 2 1.0 30B
Sodium Bentonite (See Bentonite) — — — — — —
Sodium Bicarbonate (See Baking Soda) — — — — — —
Sodium Chloride (See Salt) — — — — — —
Sodium Carbonate (See Soda Ash) — — — — — —
Sodium Hydrate (See Caustic Soda) — — — — — —
Sodium Hydroxide (See Caustic Soda) — — — — — —
Sodium Borate (See Borax) — — — — — —
Sodium Nitrate 70-80 D3-25NS L-S 2 1.2 30A
Sodium Phosphate 50-60 A-35 L-S 1 .9 30A
Sodium Sulfate (See Salt Cake) — — — — — —
Sodium Sulfite 96 B6-46X H 2 1.5 30B
Sorghum, Seed (See Kafir or Milo) — — — — — —
Soybean, Cake 40-43 D3-35W L-S-B 2 1.0 30A
Soybean, Cracked 30-40 C1/2-36NW H 2 .5 30B
Soybean, Flake, Raw 18-25 C1/2-35Y L-S-B 1 .8 30A
Soybean, Flour 27-30 A40-35MN L-S-B 1 .8 30A
Soybean Meal, Cold 40 B6-35 L-S-B 1 .5 30A
Soybean Meal Hot 40 B6-35T L-S 2 .5 30A
Soybeans, Whole 45-50 C1/2-26NW H 2 1.0 30B
Starch 25-50 A40-15M L-S-B 1 1.0 45
Steel Turnings, Crushed 100-150 D3-46WV H 3 3.0 30B
Sugar Beet, Pulp, Dry 12-15 C1/2-26 H 2 .9 30B
Sugar Beet, Pulp, Wet 25-45 C1/2-35X L-S-B 1 1.2 30A
Sugar, Refined, Granulated Dry 50-55 B6-35PU S 1 1.0-1.2 30A
Sugar, Refined, Granulated Wet 55-65 C1/2-35X S 1 1.4-2.0 30A
Sugar, Powdered 50-60 A100-35PX S 1 .8 30A
Sugar, Raw 55-65 B6-35PX S 1 1.5 30A
Sulphur, Crushed — 1/2" 50-60 C1/2-35N L-S 1 .8 30A
Sulphur, Lumpy, — 3" 80-85 D3-35N L-S 2 .8 30A
Sulphur, Powdered 50-60 A40-35MN L-S 1 .6 30A
Sunflower Seed 19-38 C1/2-15 L-S-B 1 .5 45
Talcum, — 1/2" 80-90 C1/2-36 H 2 .9 30B
Talcum Powder 50-60 A200-36M H 2 .8 30B
Tanbark, Ground* 55 B6-45 L-S-B 1 .7 30A
Timothy Seed 36 B6-35NY L-S-B 1 .6 30A
Titanium Dioxide (See Ilmenite Ore) — — — — — —
Tobacco, Scraps 15-25 D3-45Y L-S 2 .8 30A
Tobacco, Snuff 30 B6-45MQ L-S-B 1 .9 30A
*Consult Factory
H-14
Table 1-2
Material Characteristics (Cont’d)
Material
Weight Intermediate Bearing Component Trough
Material Factor
lbs. per cu. ft Material Code Selection Series Loading
Fm
Tricalcium Phosphate 40-50 A40-45 L-S 1 1.6 30A
Triple Super Phosphate 50-55 B6-36RS H 3 2.0 30B
Trisodium Phosphate 60 C1/2-36 H 2 1.7 30B
Trisodium Phosphate Granular 60 B6-36 H 2 1.7 30B
Trisodium Phosphate, Pulverized 50 A40-36 H 2 1.6 30B
Tung Nut Meats, Crushed 28 D3-25W L-S 2 .8 30A
Tung Nuts 25-30 D3-15 L-S 2 .7 30A
Urea Prills, Coated 43-46 B6-25 L-S-B 1 1.2 45
Vermiculite, Expanded 16 C1/2-35Y L-S 1 .5 30A
Vermiculite, Ore 80 D3-36 H 2 1.0 30B
Vetch 48 B6-16N L-S-B 1 .4 30B
Walnut Shells, Crushed 35-45 B6-36 H 2 1.0 30B
Wheat 45-48 C1/2-25N L-S-B 1 .4 45
Wheat, Cracked 40-45 B6-25N L-S-B 1 .4 45
Wheat, Germ 18-28 B6-25 L-S-B 1 .4 45
White Lead, Dry 75-100 A40-36MR H 2 1.0 30B
Wood Chips, Screened 10-30 D3-45VY L-S 2 .6 30A
Wood Flour 16-36 B6-35N L-S 1 .4 30A
Wood Shavings 8-16 E-45VY L-S 2 1.5 30A
Zinc, Concentrate Residue 75-80 B6-37 H 3 1.0 15
Zinc Oxide, Heavy 30-35 A100-45X L-S 1 1.0 30A
Zinc Oxide, Light 10-15 A100-45XY L-S 1 1.0 30A
*Consult Factory
H-15
Selection of Conveyor
Size and Speed
In order to determine the size and speed of a screw conveyor, it is necessary first to establish the material code number. It will
be seen from what follows that this code number controls the cross-sectional loading that should be used. The various cross-
sectional loadings shown in the Capacity Table (Table 1-6) are for use with the standard screw conveyor components indicated in the
Component Group Selection Guide on page H-21 and are for use where the conveying operation is controlled with volumetric feeders
and where the material is uniformly fed into the conveyor housing and discharged from it. Check lump size limitations before choosing
conveyor diameter. See Table 1-7 on page H-18.
Capacity Table
The capacity table, (Table 1-6), gives the capacities in cubic feet per hour at one revolution per minute for various size screw conveyors
for four cross-sectional loadings. Also shown are capacities in cubic feet per hour at the maximum recommended revolutions per
minute.
The capacity values given in the table will be found satisfactory for most applications. Where the capacity of a screw conveyor is very
critical, especially when handling a material not listed in Table 1-2, it is best to consult our engineering department.
The maximum capacity of any size screw conveyor for a wide range of materials, and various conditions of loading, may be obtained
from Table 1-6 by noting the values of cubic feet per hour at maximum recommended speed.
Conveyor Speed
For screw conveyors with screws having standard pitch helical flights the conveyor speed may be calculated by the formula:
( Equiv. Capacity
Cubic Feet Per Hour )=( Required Capacity
Cubic Feet Per Hour ) (CF1) (CF2) (CF3)
H-16
Capacity
Factors
Table 1-3
Special Conveyor Pitch Capacity Factor CF1
Table 1-4
Special Conveyor Pitch Capacity Factor CF2
Conveyor Loading
Type of Flight
15% 30% 45%
Table 1-5
Special Conveyor Pitch Capacity Factor CF3
H-17
Capacity Table
Horizontal Screw Conveyors
(Consult Factory for Inclined Conveyors)
Table 1-6
Capacity Cubic Feet Per Hour
Screw
(Full Pitch) Max.
Trough Loading Diameter
RPM
Inch At One RPM At Max. RPM
4 0.62 114 184
6 2.23 368 165
9 8.20 1270 155
10 11.40 1710 150
12 19.40 2820 145
45%
14 31.20 4370 140
16 46.70 6060 130
18 67.60 8120 120
20 93.70 10300 110
24 164.00 16400 100
30 323.00 29070 90
36 553.20 4142 75
4 0.41 53 130
6 1.49 180 120
9 5.45 545 100
10 7.57 720 95
30%
12 12.90 1160 90
14 20.80 1770 85
A
16 31.20 2500 80
18 45.00 3380 75
20 62.80 4370 70
24 109.00 7100 65
30 216.00 12960 60
36 368.80 18400 50
4 0.41 29 72
6 1.49 90 60
9 5.45 300 55
10 7.60 418 55
30%
12 12.90 645 50
14 20.80 1040 50
B
16 31.20 1400 45
18 45.00 2025 45
20 62.80 2500 40
24 109.00 4360 40
30 216.00 7560 35
36 368.80 11064 30
4 0.21 15 72
6 0.75 45 60
9 2.72 150 55
10 3.80 210 55
12 6.40 325 50
15%
14 10.40 520 50
16 15.60 700 45
18 22.50 1010 45
20 31.20 1250 40
24 54.60 2180 40
30 108.00 3780 35
36 184.40 5537 30
H-18
Lump Size
Limitations
The size of a screw conveyor not only depends on the capacity required, but also on the size and proportion of lumps in the material to
be handled. The size of a lump is the maximum dimension it has. If a lump has one dimension much longer than its transverse cross-
section, the long dimension or length would determine the lump size.
The character of the lump also is involved. Some materials have hard lumps that won’t break up in transit through a screw conveyor.
In that case, provision must be made to handle these lumps. Other materials may have lumps that are fairly hard, but degradable in
transit through the screw conveyor, thus reducing the lump size to be handled. Still other materials have lumps that are easily broken
in a screw conveyor and lumps of these materials impose no limitations.
Three classes of lump sizes are shown in TABLE 1-7 and as follows.
Class I
A mixture of lumps and fines in which not more than 10% are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum; and
90% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size.
Class II
A mixture of lumps and fines in which not more than 25% are lumps ranging from the maximum size to one half of the maximum; and
75% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size.
Class III
A mixture of lumps only in which 95% or more are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum size; and 5% or
less are lumps less than one tenth of the maximum size.
Table 1-7
Maximum Lump Size Table (Inches)
Class I Class II Class III
Radial Clearance
Screw Diameter Pipe O.D.* 10% Lumps 25% Lumps 95% Lumps
r
Max. Lump Max. Lump Max. Lump
6 2 3/8 2 5/16 1 1/4 3/4 1/2
9 2 3/8 3 3/16 2 1/4 1 1/2 3/4
9 2 7/8 3 9/16 2 1/4 1 1/2 3/4
12 2 7/8 5 1/16 2 3/4 2 1
12 3 1/2 4 3/4 2 3/4 2 1
12 4 4 1/2 2 3/4 2 1
14 3 1/2 5 3/4 3 1/4 2 1/2 1 1/4
14 4 5 1/2 2 1/2 1 1/4 1 1/4
16 4 6 1/2 3 3/4 2 3/4 1 1/2
16 4 1/2 6 1/4 3 3/4 2 3/4 1 1/2
18 4 7 1/2 4 1/4 3 1 3/4
18 4 1/2 7 1/2 4 1/4 3 1 3/4
20 4 8 1/2 4 3/4 3 1/2 2
20 4 1/2 8 1/4 4 3/4 3 1/2 2
24 4 1/2 10 1/4 6 3 3/4 2 1/2
30 4 1/2 13 1/4 8 5 4
36 5 3/8 14 1/2 9 1/2 7 1/2 6
* For special pipe sizes, consult factory.
r Radial clearance is the distance between the bottom of the trough and the bottom of the conveyor pipe.
Component Groups
To facilitate the selection of proper specifications for a screw conveyor for a particular duty, screw conveyors are broken down into
three component groups. These groups relate both to the material classification code and also to screw size, pipe size, type of bearings
and trough thickness. This can be effectively thought of as light duty, medium duty, and heavy duty materials construction.
Referring to table 1-2, find the component series designation of the material to be conveyed.
Having made the component series selection, refer to tables 1-8, 9, 10 which give the specifications of the various sizes of conveyor
screws. (The tabulated screw numbers in this table refer to standard specifications for screws found on pages h-77 − H-85 component
section.) These standards give complete data on the screws such as the length of standard sections, minimum edge thickness of screw
flight, bushing data, bolt size, bolt spacing, etc.
EXAMPLE: For a screw conveyor to handle brewers grain, spent wet, refer to the material characteristics table 1-2. Note that the
component series column refers to series 2. Refer now to page H-21, component selection, table 1-9, component group 2.
The standard shaft sizes, screw flight designations, trough gauges and cover gauges are listed for each screw diameter.
H-20
Component
Selection
Table 1-8
Component Group 1
Screw Diameter Coupling Diameter Screw Number Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or Inches
Inches Inches Helicoid Flights Sectional Flights Trough Cover
6 1 1/2 6H304 6S307 16Ga. 16Ga.
9 1 1/2 9H306 9S307 14Ga. 14Ga.
9 2 9H406 9S409 14Ga. 14Ga.
12 2 12H408 12S409 12Ga. 14Ga.
12 2 7/16 12H508 12S509 12Ga. 14Ga.
14 2 7/16 14H508 14S509 12Ga. 14Ga.
16 3 16H610 16S612 12Ga. 14Ga.
18 3 — 18S612 10Ga. 12Ga.
20 3 — 20S612 10Ga. 12Ga.
24 3 7/16 — 24S712 10Ga. 12Ga.
30 3 15/16 — 30S816 3/16" 10Ga.
36 4 7/16 — 36S916 1/4" 10Ga.
Table 1-9
Component Group 2
Screw Diameter Coupling Diameter Screw Number Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or Inches
Inches Inches Helicoid Flights Sectional Flights Trough Cover
6 1 1/2 6H308 6S309 14Ga. 16Ga.
9 1 1/2 9H312 9S309 10Ga. 14Ga.
9 2 9H412 9S412 10Ga. 14Ga.
12 2 12H412 12S412 3/16" 14Ga.
12 2 7/16 12H512 12S512 3/16" 14Ga.
12 3 12H614 12S616 3/16" 14Ga.
14 2 7/16 — 14S512 3/16" 14Ga.
14 3 14H614 14S616 3/16" 14Ga.
16 3 16H614 16S616 3/16" 14Ga.
18 3 — 18S616 3/16" 12Ga.
20 3 — 20S616 3/16" 12Ga.
24 3 7/16 — 24S716 3/16" 12Ga.
30 3 15/16 — 30S824 1/4" 10Ga.
36 4 7/16 — 36S924 3/8" 3/16"
Table 1-10
Component Group 3
Screw Diameter Coupling Diameter Screw Number Thickness, U.S. Standard Gauge or Inches
Inches Inches Helicoid Flights Sectional Flights Trough Cover
6 1 1/2 6H312 6S312 10Ga. 16Ga.
9 1 1/2 9H312 9S312 3/16" 14Ga.
9 2 9H414 9S416 3/16" 14Ga.
12 2 12H412 12S412 1/4" 14Ga.
12 2 7/16 12H512 12S512 1/4" 14Ga.
12 3 12H614 12S616 1/4" 14Ga.
14 3 — 14S624 1/4" 14Ga.
16 3 — 16S624 1/4" 14Ga.
18 3 — 18S624 1/4" 12Ga.
20 3 — 20S624 1/4" 12Ga.
24 3 7/16 — 24S724 1/4" 12Ga.
30 3 15/16 — 30S832 3/8" 10Ga.
36 4 7/16 — 36S932 3/8" 3/16"
H-21
Bearing
Selection
The selection of bearing material for intermediate hangers is based on experience together with a knowledge of the characteristics
of the material to be conveyed. By referring to the material characteristic tables, page H-7 thru H-15 the intermediate hanger bearing
selection can be made by viewing the Bearing Selection column. The bearing selection will be made from one of the following types: B,
L, S, H. The various bearing types available in the above categories can be selected from the following table.
Table 1-11
Hanger Bearing Selection
Recommended Coupling Shaft Max. Recommended Operating Fb
Bearing Component Groups Bearing Types
Material r Temperature
B Ball Standard 180°F 1.0
L Bronze Standard 300°F
Martin Bronze* Standard 450°F
Graphite Bronze Standard 500°F
Oil Impregnated Bronze Standard 200°F
Oil Impregnated Wood Standard 160°F
Nylatron Standard 250°F
S Nylon Standard 160°F 2.0
Teflon Standard 250°F
UHMW Standard 225°F
Melamine (MCB) Standard 250°F
Ertalyte® Quadrent Standard 200°F
Urethane Standard 200°F
Martin Hard Iron* Hardened 500°F 3.4
Hard Iron Hardened 500°F
Hard Surfaced Hardened or Special 500°F
H
Stellite Special 500°F 4.4
Ceramic Special 1,000°F
White Iron Alloy Special 500°F
* Sintered Metal. Self-lubricating.
r OTHER TYPES OF COUPLING SHAFT MATERIALS
Various alloys, stainless steel, and other types of shafting can be furnished as required.
H-22
Horsepower
Requirements
The horsepower required to operate a horizontal screw conveyor is based on proper installation, uniform and regular feed rate to the
conveyor and other design criteria as determined in this book.
The horsepower requirement is the total of the horsepower to overcome friction (HPf ) and the horsepower to transport the material at
the specified rate (HPm ) multiplied by the overload factor Fo and divided by the total drive efficiency, or:
L N Fd fb
HPf = = (Horsepower to run an empty conveyor)
1,000,000
C L W Ff Fm Fp
HPm = = (Horsepower to move the material)
1,000,000
( HPf + HPm ) Fo
Total HP =
e
The following factors determine the horsepower requirement of a screw conveyor operating under the foregoing conditions.
H-23
Horsepower Factor
Tables
Table 1-14
Flight Factor Ff
Ff Factor for Percent Conveyor Loading
Flight Type
15% 30% 45% 95%
Standard 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Cut Flight 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.3
Cut & Folded Flight N.R.* 1.50 1.70 2.20
Ribbon Flight 1.05 1.14 1.20 —
*Not Recommended
Table 1-15
Paddle Factor Fp
Standard Paddles per Pitch, Paddles Set at 45º Reverse Pitch
Number of Paddles 3 4
0 1 2
per Pitch
Paddle Factor – Fp 1.0 1.29 1.58 1.87 2.16
Table 1-16
Fo – Overload Factor
Table 1-17
e Drive Efficiency Factor
Screw Drive or Shaft Mount V-Belt to Helical Gearmotor w/ Worm Gear
Gearmotor w/ Coupling
w/V-Belt Drive Gear and Coupling Chain Drive
.88 .87 .95 .87 Consult Manufacturer
H-24
Horsepower
H-25
Torsional Ratings of
Conveyor Screw Parts
Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of torque that can be safely transmitted through the pipes, c ouplings, and
coupling bolts.
The table below combines the various torsional ratings of bolts, couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the torsional r atings
of all the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws.
Table 1-18
Pipe Couplings
Shaft Dia. Torque Torque In. Dia. Bolts in Shear In. Lbs. p Bolts in Bearing In. Lbs.
Size
In. In. Lbs. * In. No. of Bolts Used No. of Bolts Used
In.
Lbs. C 1018 C 1045 2 3 2 3
1 1 1/4 3,140 820 1,025 3/8 1,380 2,070 1,970 2,955
1 1/2 2 7,500 3,070 3,850 1/2 3,660 5,490 5,000 7,500
2 2 1/2 14,250 7,600 9,500 5/8 7,600 11,400 7,860 11,790
2 7/16 3 23,100 15,030 18,780 5/8 9,270 13,900 11,640 17,460
3 3 1/2 32,100 28,350 35,440 3/4 16,400 24,600 15,540 23,310
3 4 43,000 28,350 35,440 3/4 16,400 24,600 25,000 37,500
3 7/16 4 43,300 42,470 53,080 7/8 25,600 38,400 21,800 32,700
3 15/16 5 65,100 61,190 76,485 1 1/8 48,540 72,810 52,120 78,180
4 7/16 6 101,160 88,212 110,265 1 1/4 67,520 101,280 90,750 136,125
p Values shown are for A307 64, Grade 2 Bolts. Values for Grade 5 Bolts are above × 2.5.
* Values are for unheattreated shafts.
The lowest torsional rating figure for any given component will be the one that governs how much torque may be safely transmitted.
For example, using standard unhardened two bolt coupling shafts, the limiting torsional strength of each part is indicated in Table 1-18.
Thus it can be seen that the shaft itself is the limiting factor on 1", 1 1/2" and 2" couplings. The bolts in shear are the limiting factors
on the 2-7/16" coupling and on the 3" coupling used in conjunction with 4" pipe. The bolts in bearing are the limiting factors for the 3"
coupling used in conjunction with 3 1/2" pipe, and for the 3-7/16" coupling.
From the table above 2" shafts with 2 bolt drilling and 2 1/2" std. pipe are adequate (4,040 < 7600).
If the torque is greater than the values in the above table, such as in 2" couplings (torque > 7600), then hardened shafts can be used as
long as the torque is less than the value for hardened couplings (torque < 9500). If the torque is greater than the 2 bolt in shear value
but less than the 3 bolt in shear value then 3 bolt coupling can be used. The same applies with bolts in bearing. When the transmitted
torque is greater than the pipe size value, then larger pipe or heavier wall pipe may be used. Other solutions include: high torque bolts
to increase bolt in shear rating, external collars, or bolt pads welded to pipe to increase bolt in bearing transmission. For solutions
other than those outlined in the above table please consult our Engineering Department.
H-26
Horsepower Ratings of
Conveyor Screw Parts
Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of horsepower that can be safely transmitted through the pipes,
couplings, and coupling bolts.
The table below combines the various horsepower ratings of bolts, couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the r atings of all
the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws.
Table 1-19
Coupling Pipe Coupling Bolts
Bolts in Shear Bolts in Bearing
H.P. per R.P.M
Shaft Dia. H.P. per Bolt Dia. H.P. per R.P.M. p H.P. per R.P.M.
Size In.
In. R.P.M. CEMA Std Martin Std. In. No. of Bolts Used No. of Bolts Used
(C-1018) (C-1045) 2 3 2 3
1 1 1/4 .049 .013 .016 3/8 .021 .032 .031 .046
1 1/2 2 .119 .048 .058 1/2 .058 .087 .079 .119
2 2 1/2 .226 .120 .146 5/8 .120 .180 .124 .187
2 7/16 3 .366 .239 .289 5/8 .147 .220 .184 .277
3 3 1/2 .509 .450 .546 3/4 .260 .390 .246 .369
3 4 .682 .450 .546 3/4 .260 .390 .396 .595
3 7/16 4 .682 .675 .818 7/8 .406 .609 .345 .518
p Values shown are for A307 64, Grade 2 Bolts.
The lowest horsepower rating figure for any given component will be the one that governs how much horsepower may be safely
transmitted. The limiting strength of each part is indicated by the underlined figures in the table above.
From the table above .038 is less than the lowest limiting factor for 2" couplings, so 2" standard couplings with 2 bolts may be used.
Solutions to limitations are the same as shown on H-26.
H-27
Screw Conveyor End Thrust
Thermal Expansion
End thrust in a Screw Conveyor is created as a reaction to the forces required to move the material along the axis of the conveyor
trough. Such a force is opposite in direction to the flow of material. A thrust bearing and sometimes reinforcement of the conveyor
trough is required to resist thrust forces. Best performance can be expected if the conveyor end thrust bearing is placed so that the
rotating members are in tension; therefore, an end thrust bearing should be placed at the discharge end of a conveyor. Placing an end
thrust bearing assembly at the feed end of a conveyor places rotating members in compression which may have undesirable effects,
but this is sometimes necessary in locating equipment.
There are several methods of absorbing thrust forces, the most popular methods are:
1. Thrust washer assembly — installed on the shaft between the pipe end and the trough end plate, or on the outside of the end
bearing.
2. Type "E" end thrust assembly, which is a Double Roller Bearing and shaft assembly.
3. Screw Conveyor Drive Unit, equipped with double roller bearing thrust bearings, to carry both thrust and radial loads.
Past experience has established that component selection to withstand end thrust is rarely a critical factor and thrust is not normally
calculated for design purposes. Standard conveyor thrust components will absorb thrust without resorting to special design in most
applications.
The recommended general practice is to provide supports for the trough which will allow movement of the trough end feet during the
trough expansion, and during the subsequent contraction when handling of the hot material ceases. The drive end of the conveyor
usually is fixed, allowing the remainder of the trough to expand or contract. In the event there are intermediate inlets or discharge
spouts that cannot move, the expansion type troughs are required.
Furthermore, the conveyor screw may expand or contract in length at different rates than the trough. Therefore, expansion hangers
are generally recommended. The trough end opposite the drive should incorporate an expansion type ball or roller bearing or sleeve
bearing which will safely provide sufficient movement.
The change in screw conveyor length may be determined from the following formula:
∆L = L (t1 - t2) C
Where: ∆L = increment of change in length, inch
L = overall conveyor length in inches
t1 = upper limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheit
t2 = limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheit (or lowest ambient temperature expected)
C = coefficient of linear expansion, inches per inch per degree Fahrenheit. This coefficient has the following values
for various metals:
a) Hot rolled carbon steel, 6.5×10–6, (.0000065)
b) Stainless steel, 9.9×10–6, (.0000099)
c) Aluminum, 12.8×10 , (.0000128)
–6
EXAMPLE: A carbon steel screw conveyor 30 feet overall length is subject to a rise in temperature of 200°F, reaching a hot metal
temperature of 260°F from an original metal temperature of 60°F.
t1 = 260 t1 - t2 = 200
t2 = 60
L = (30) (12) = 360
∆L = (360) (200) (6.5×10–6)
= 0.468 inches, or about 15/32 inches.
H-28
Conveyor Screw
Deflection
When using conveyor screws of standard length, deflection is seldom a problem. However, if longer than standard sections of screw
are to be used, without intermediate hanger bearings, care should be taken to prevent the screw flights from contacting the trough
because of excessive deflection. The deflection at mid span may be calculated from the following formula.
5WL3
D=
384 (29,000,000) (I)
Table 1-20
Schedule 40 Pipe
Pipe Size 2" 2 1/2" 3" 3 1/2" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10"
I .666 1.53 3.02 4.79 7.23 15.2 28.1 72.5 161
Table 1-21
Schedule 80 Pipe
Pipe Size 2" 2 1/2" 3" 3 1/2" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10"
l .868 1.92 3.89 6.28 9.61 20.7 40.5 106 212
EXAMPLE: Determine the deflection of a 12H512 screw conveyor section mounted on 3" sch 40 pipe, overall length is 16"-0'.
W = 272#
L = 192"
I = 3.02 (From chart above
5(272#)(1923)
D= = .29 inches
384 (29,000,000) (3.02)
Applications where the calculated deflection of the screw exceeds .25 inches (1/4") should be referred to our Engineering Department
for recommendations. Very often the problem of deflection can be solved by using a conveyor screw section with a larger diameter
pipe or a heavier wall pipe. Usually, larger pipe sizes tend to reduce deflection more effectively than heavier wall pipe.
H-29
Conveyor
Screw Deflection
Length of
Unsupported Dummy Deflection Total Wt. Pipe
Span — Feet Scale Inches Pounds Size I
sch 40
The above Nomograph can be used for a quick reference to check deflection of most conveyors.
H-30
Inclined and Vertical
Screw Conveyors
Inclined screw conveyors have a greater horsepower requirement and a lower capacity rating than horizontal
conveyors. The amounts of horsepower increase and capacity loss depend upon the angle of incline and the
characteristics of the material conveyed.
Inclined conveyors operate most efficiently when they are of tubular or shrouded cover design, and a minimum
number of intermediate hanger bearings. Where possible, they should be operated at relatively high speeds to
help prevent fallback of the conveyed material.
Consult our Engineering Department for design recommendations and horsepower requirements for your
particular application.
Inclined
Screw
Conveyors
H-31
Screw
Feeders
Screw Feeders are designed to regulate the rate of material flow from a hopper or bin. The inlet is usually flooded with material (95%
loaded). One or more tapered or variable pitch screws convey the material at the required rate. Screw feeders are regularly provided
with shrouded or curved cover plates for a short distance beyond the end of the inlet opening, to obtain feed regulation. As the pitch or
diameter increases beyond the shroud the level of the material in the conveyor drops to normal loading levels. Longer shrouds, extra
short pitch screws and other modifications are occasionally required to reduce flushing of very free flowing material along the feeder
screw.
Feeders are made in two general types: Type 1 with regular pitch flighting and Type 2 with short pitch flighting. Both types are also
available with uniform diameter and tapering diameter screws. The various combinations are shown on pages H-33 – H-34. Screw
feeders with uniform screws, Types 1B, 1D, 2B, 2D are regularly used for handling fine free flowing materials. Since the diameter of
the screw is uniform, the feed of the material will be from the forepart of the inlet and not across the entire length. Where hoppers,
bins, tanks, etc. are to be completely emptied, or dead areas of material over the inlet are not objectionable, this type of feeder is
entirely satisfactory, as well as economical. Screw feeders with tapering diameter screws will readily handle materials containing a fair
percentage of lumps. In addition, they are used extensively where it is necessary or desirable to draw the material uniformly across
the entire length of the inlet opening to eliminate inert or dead areas of material at the forepart of the opening. Types 1A, 1C, 2A, and
2C fall into this category. Variable pitch screws can be used in place of tapering diameter screws for some applications. They consist
of screws with succeeding sectional flights increasing progressively in pitch. The portion of the screw with the smaller pitch is located
under the inlet opening.
Screw feeders with extended screw conveyors are necessary when intermediate hangers are required, or when it is necessary to
convey the material for some distance. A screw conveyor of larger diameter than the feeder screw is combined with the feeder to make
the extension. See types 1C, 1D, 2C, 2D.
Multiple screw feeders are usually in flat bottom bins for discharging material which have a tendency to pack or bridge under pressure.
Frequently, the entire bin bottom is provided with these feeders which convey the material to collecting conveyors. Such arrangements
are commonly used for handling hogged fuel, wood shavings, etc.
Screw feeders are available in a variety of types to suit specific materials and applications. We recommend that you contact our
Engineering Department for design information.
H-32
Screw
Feeders
(For Inclined Applications Consult Factory)
Typical Type 1
Feeder Screw
Feeder Type Inlet Opening Material Removal Pitch Extended Screw
Diameter
Uniform Full Length of
SF1A Standard Standard Tapered None
Inlet Opening
Forepart Only of
SF1B Standard Standard Uniform None
Inlet Opening
Uniform Full Length of
SF1C Standard Standard Tapered As Required
Inlet Opening
Forepart Only of
SF1D Standard Standard Uniform As Required
Inlet Opening
SF1A
SF1B
SF1C
SF1D
Typical Type 2
Feeder Screw
Feeder Type Inlet Opening Material Removal Pitch Extended Screw
Diameter
Uniform Full Length of
SF2A Long Short (2/3) Tapered None
Inlet Opening
Forepart Only of
SF2B Long Short (2/3) Uniform None
Inlet Opening
Uniform Full Length of
SF2C Long Short (2/3) Tapered As Required
Inlet Opening
Forepart Only of
SF2D Long Short (2/3) Uniform As Required
Inlet Opening
SF2A
SF2B
SF2C
SF2D
PAGE
Classes of Enclosures
Conveyors can be designed to protect the material being handled from a hazardous surrounding or to protect the surroundings from a
hazardous material being conveyed.
This section establishes recommended classes of construction for conveyor enclosures — without regard to their end use or
application. These several classes call for specific things to be done to a standard conveyor housing to provide several degrees of
enclosure protection.
Enclosure Classifications
Class IE — Class IE enclosures are those provided primarily for the protection of operating personnel or equipment, or where the
enclosure forms an integral or functional part of the conveyor or structure. They are generally used where dust control
is not a factor or where protection for, or against, the material being handled is not necessary — although as conveyor
enclosures a certain amount or protection is afforded.
Class IIE — Class IIE enclosures employ constructions which provide some measure of protection against dust or for, or against,
the material being handled.
Class IIIE — Class IIIE enclosures employ constructions which provide a higher degree of protection in these classes against dust,
and for or against the material being handled.
Class IVE — Class IVE enclosures are for outdoor applications and under normal circumstances provide for the exclusion of water
from the inside of the casing. They are not to be construed as being water-tight, as this may not always be the case.
When more than one method of fabrication is shown, either is acceptable.
H-35
Enclosures
Enclosure Construction
Enclosure
Component Classification Classifications
I E II E III E IV E
A. TROUGH CONSTRUCTION
Formed & Angle Top Flange
1. Plate type end flange
a. Continuous arc weld X X X X
b. Continuous arc weld on top of end flange and trough top rail X X X X
2. Trough Top Rail Angles (Angle Top trough only)
a. Staggered intermittent arc and spot weld X
b. Continuous arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent arc weld on lower leg of angle to outside
of trough X X X
c. Staggered intermittent arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent arc weld on lower leg of angle
to outside of trough, or spot weld when mastic is used between leg of angle and trough sheet X X X
B. COVER CONSTRUCTION
1. Plain flat
a. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint X
b. Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint X
2. Semi-Flanged
a. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint X X X X
b. Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint X
c. With buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint X X X
3. Flanged
a. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint X X X
b. Buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint X X X
4. Hip Roof
a. Ends with a buttstrap connection X
C. COVER FASTENERS FOR STANDARD GA. COVERS
1. Spring, screw or toggle clamp fasteners or bolted construction
a. Max. spacing plain flat covers 60"
b. Max. spacing semi-flanged covers 60" 30" 18" 18"
c. Max. spacing flanged and hip-roof covers 40" 24" 24"
D. GASKETS
1. Covers
a. Red rubber or felt up to 230° F X X
b. Neoprene rubber, when contamination is a problem X X
c. Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket X X X
2. Trough End flanges
a. Mastic type compounds X X X
b. Red rubber up to 230° F X X X
c. Neoprene rubber, when contamination is a problem X X
d. Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket X X X
E. TROUGH END SHAFT SEALS*
1. When handling non-abrasive materials X X
2. When handling abrasive materials X X X X
Fl
ow
Fl
A conveyor screw is either LEFT hand or RIGHT hand depending upon the form of the flights. A conveyor screw can be
viewed from either end to determine if it is LEFT hand or RIGHT hand.
If the end of the screw is not visible, imagine a cross section of the conveyor with the cut end of the screw exposed. Then
determine the hand as described above.
H-37
Conveyor Screw
Rotation
The above diagram indicates the hand of conveyor screw to use when direction of rotation and material flow are known.
Weld Finishes
Operation
I II III IV
Weld spatter and slag removed X X X X
Rough grind welds to remove heavy weld ripple or unusual roughness
(Equivalent to a 40-50 grit finish) X
Medium grind welds — leaving some pits and crevices
(Equivalent to a 80-100 grit finish) X
Fine grind welds — no pits or crevices permissible
(Equivalent to a 140-150 grit finish) X
* Martin IV Finish: CEMA IV welds, polish pipe & flights to 140-150 grit finish.
* Martin IV Polish: Same as above plus Scotch-Brite Finish.
H-38
Layout
Trough
Hanger Bearing Centers
G
(Min.)
A B
C D G
Screw Coupling E F H J K L M N P R
Length Length (Min.)
Dia. Dia.
4 1 9 – 10 1/2 10 1 1/2 3/8 4 1/2 7/8 3 5/8 4 5/8 3 3/4 5 5 3/4 1 7/16 1
6 1 1/2 9 – 10 10 2 3/8 6 13/16 4 1/2 5 5/8 5 7 8 1/8 1 1/2 1
1 1/2
9 9 – 10 10 2 1/2 8 15/16 6 1/8 7 7/8 7 1/8 10 9 3/8 1 5/8 1 1/2
2
1 1/2
10 9 – 10 10 2 1/2 9 1 9/16 6 3/8 8 7/8 7 7/8 11 9 1/2 1 3/4 1 3/4
2
2 11 – 10 2
12 2 7/16 11 – 9 12 3 5/8 10 1/2 1 3/8 7 3/4 9 5/8 8 7/8 13 12 1/4 2 1 5/8
3 11 – 9 3
2 7/16
14 11 – 9 12 3 5/8 11 1/2 1 3/8 9 1/4 10 7/8 10 1/8 15 13 1/2 2 1 5/8
3
16 3 11 – 9 12 3 5/8 13 1/2 1 3/4 10 5/8 12 11 1/8 17 14 7/8 2 1/2 2
3 11 – 9 3
18 12 5/8 14 1/2 1 3/4 12 1/8 13 3/8 12 3/8 19 16 2 1/2 2
3 7/16 11 – 8 4
3 11 – 9 3
20 12 3/4 15 1/2 2 13 1/2 15 13 3/8 21 19 1/4 2 1/2 2 1/4
3 7/16 11 – 8 4
24 3 7/16 11 – 8 12 4 3/4 17 1/2 2 1/4 16 1/2 18 1/8 15 3/8 25 20 2 1/2 2 1/2
Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E.
(Typ.)
9TCP16 Covers
9CH2264 Hangers (Typ.)
CC4H Couplings
Hanger Spacings
Conveyor Lengths
Bare Pipe
9S412-R Screws
Thrust Bearing
Tail Shaft Drive Shaft
Ball Bearing Seal
Seal
Spout Spacing
Housing Lengths
Total Length
9CTF10 Troughs
H-39
Layout
Tubular Housing
Std. Length Conveyor Screw Hanger Bearing Centers
(Min.)
(Bare Pipe)
A B
C D G
Screw Coupling E F H K L M N P R
Length Length (Min.)
Dia. Dia.
4 1 9 – 10 1/2 10 1 1/2 3/8 4 1/2 7/8 4 5/8 3 3/4 5 5 3/4 1 7/16 1
6 1 1/2 9 – 10 10 2 3/8 6 13/16 5 5/8 5 7 8 1/8 1 1/2 1
1 1/2 9 – 10
9 10 2 1/2 8 1 5/16 7 7/8 7 1/8 10 9 3/8 1 5/8 1 1/2
2 9 – 10
1 1/2 9 – 10
10 10 2 1/2 9 1 9/16 8 7/8 7 7/8 11 9 1/2 1 3/4 1 3/4
2 9 – 10
2 11 – 10 2
12 2 7/16 11 – 9 12 3 5/8 10 1/2 1 3/8 9 5/8 8 7/8 13 12 1/4 2 1 5/8
3 11 – 9 3
2 7/16 11 – 9
14 12 3 5/8 11 1/2 1 3/8 10 7/8 10 1/8 15 13 1/2 2 1 5/8
3 11 – 9
16 3 11 – 9 12 3 5/8 13 1/2 1 3/4 12 11 1/8 17 14 7/8 2 1/2 2
3 11 – 9 3 5/8 14 1/2 1 3/4 13 3/8 12 3/8 19 16 2 1/2 2
18 12
3 7/16 11 – 8 4 3/4 15 1/2 2 15 13 3/8 21 19 1/4 2 1/2 2 1/4
3 11 – 9 3
20 12 3/4 15 1/2 2 15 13 3/8 21 19 1/4 2 1/2 2 1/4
3 7/16 11 – 8 4
24 3 7/16 11 – 8 12 4 3/4 17 1/2 2 1/4 18 1/8 15 3/8 25 20 2 1/2 2 1/2
Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E.
9TCP16 Covers
Hanger Spacings
Conveyor Lengths
Bare Pipe
9S412-R Screws
Thrust Bearing
Tail Shaft
Drive Shaft
Ball Bearing
Seal
Seal 9S412-R Screws
Spout Spacing
Housing Lengths
Total Length
9CTF10 Troughs
H-40
Bolt Pattern
6 Bolts
8 Bolts
10 Bolts
12 Bolts
Screw Bolts
A B E F G H J K L
Diameter Number Diameter
4 6 3/8 7 3 5/8 1 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8 X X X
6 6 3/8 8 7/8 4 1/2 1 1/32 4 1/8 4 1/16 4 1/16 X X X
9 8 3/8 12 1/2 6 1/8 1 3/16 4 1/8 3 3/4 5 1/8 4 1/8 X X
10 8 3/8 13 1/4 6 3/8 2 1/4 3 1/2 4 3/16 5 1/16 4 1/8 X X
12 8 1/2 15 7/8 7 3/4 1 1/2 5 5/16 4 1/16 7 3/4 5 3/16 X X
14 8 1/2 17 7/8 9 1/4 2 17/32 5 5/8 5 15/16 6 5 15/16 X X
16 8 5/8 20 10 5/8 2 5/8 6 3/8 6 5/8 7 1/2 6 5/8 X X
18 10 5/8 22 12 1/8 2 23/32 5 15/16 5 7/8 5 7/8 5 7/8 5 7/8 X
20 10 5/8 24 3/8 13 1/2 2 25/32 6 1/4 6 11/16 6 11/16 6 11/16 6 11/16 X
24 12 5/8 28 1/2 16 1/2 2 25/32 6 1/8 6 5/8 6 5/8 6 5/8 6 5/8 6 5/8
Bolts
Screw
Diameter A B C E F G H J K L
Diameter Holes
Number
6 3/8 6 4 7/16 7 7 3/16 1 27/32 5 1/4 5 1/4 2 1/32 — — —
9 3/8 8 6 1/4 9 9 21/32 1 43/64 5 5 2 9/16 5 — —
12 1/2 8 7 15/16 10 11 13/16 1 13/16 5 3/4 5 3/4 3 7/8 5 3/4 — —
14 1/2 10 8 15/16 11 12 49/64 2 1/16 5 1/8 5 1/8 3 5 1/8 5 1/8 —
16 5/8 10 10 11 1/2 14 11/16 2 15/64 5 1/2 5 1/2 3 3/4 5 1/2 5 1/2 —
18 5/8 10 11 12 1/8 16 2 5/8 6 3/16 6 3/16 2 15/16 6 3/16 6 3/16 —
20 5/8 10 12 3/16 13 1/2 17 7/8 2 9/32 7 7 3 11/32 7 7 —
24 5/8 12 14 1/4 16 1/2 20 61/64 2 5/16 6 7/8 6 7/8 3 5/16 6 7/8 6 7/8 6 7/8
H-41
Bolt Patterns
6 Bolts 10 Bolts
8 Bolts 12 Bolts
12 Bolts 20 Bolts
Flange Bolts
Screw Size A E Q R S T U
Tabular X Discharge Y
4 6 – 3/8 12 – 1/4 5 7 2 1/4 — 2 1/4 3/8 7 1/2
6 8 – 3/8 12 – 3/8 7 8 7/8 2 13/16 — 3 11/16 10
9 8 – 3/8 12 – 3/8 10 11 7/8 4 — 4 1/2 13
10 8 – 3/8 12 – 3/8 11 13 1/4 4 5/16 — 4 3/8 5/8 14 1/4
12 8 – 1/2 12 – 3/8 13 15 5 1/8 — 5 1/4 7/8 17 1/4
14 8 – 1/2 20 – 3/8 15 17 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 7/8 19 1/4
16 8 – 5/8 20 – 3/8 17 19 1/2 3 3/4 4 4 7/8 21 1/4
18 10 – 5/8 20 – 1/2 19 22 4 7/16 4 3/8 4 3/8 1 1/8 24 1/4
20 10 – 5/8 20 – 1/2 21 24 3/8 4 7/8 4 3/4 4 3/4 1 1/8 26 1/4
24 12 – 5/8 20 – 1/2 25 28 1/2 5 5/8 5 5/8 5 1/2 1 1/8 30 1/4
H-42
Part Name 4 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
Flange, Trough 6 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 6 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 8 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 8 – 5/8 × 1 3/4 10 – 5/8 × 1 3/4 10 – 5/8 × 1 3/4 12 – 5/8 × 1 3/4
Flange, Tubular Housing 6 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 8 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 8 – 5/8 × 1 3/4 10 – 5/8 × 1 3/4 10 – 5/8 × 1 3/4 12 – 5/8 × 1 3/4
End, Trough
Inside 6 – 1/4 × 3/4 7 3/8 × 1 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 8 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 8 – 5/8 × 1 1/4 10 – 5/8 × 1 1/4 10 – 5/8 × 1 1/2 12 – 5/8 × 1 1/2
Inside Discharge 4 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 6 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 6 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 6 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 6 – 5/8 × 1 1/4 6 – 5/8 × 1 1/2 6 – 5/8 × 1 1/2 6 – 5/8 × 1 1/2
Inside Rectangular 5 1/4 × 3/4 6 – 3/8 × 1 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 10 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 11 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 12 – 5/8 × 1 1/4 12 – 5/8 × 1 1/4 12 – 5/8 × 1 1/2 12 – 5/8 × 1 1/2
Outside Type 6 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 6 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 8 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 8 – 5/8 × 1 3/4 10 – 5/8 × 1 3/4 10 – 5/8 × 1 3/4 12 – 5/8 × 1 3/4
Outside Discharge 4 – 3/8 × 1 2 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 4 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 4 – 5/8 × 1 1/2 4 – 5/8 × 1 1/2 4 – 5/8 × 1 1/2 6 – 5/8 × 1 1/2
Ends, Tubular Housing 6 – 3/8 × 1 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 8 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 8 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 8 – 5/8 × 1 3/4 10 – 5/8 × 1 3/4 10 – 5/8 × 1 3/4 12 – 5/8 × 1 3/4
Hanger, Trough
Style 60 2 – 1/2 × 2 2 – 1/2 × 2 2 – 1/2 × 2 2 – 1/2 × 2 1/2 2 – 1/2 × 2 1/2 2 – 5/8 × 2 3/4 2 – 5/8 × 2 3/4 2 – 5/8 × 2 3/4
Style 70 4 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 4 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 4 – 1/2 × 13/4 4 – 5/8 × 2
Style 216 4 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 4 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 4 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 4 – 5/8 × 13/4 4 – 5/8 × 2 4 – 5/8 × 2 1/2
Style 220 4 – 1/4 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 4 – 5/8 × 13/4 4 – 5/8 × 1 3/4 4 – 5/8 × 1 3/4
Style 226 4 – 1/4 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 4 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 4 – 3/8 × 1 1/4 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 4 – 5/8 × 13/4 4 – 5/8 × 2 4 – 5/8 × 2 1/2
Style 230 4 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 4 – 5/8 × 13/4 4 – 5/8 × 1 3/4 4 – 5/8 × 1 3/4
Style 316 4 – 1/4 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 4 – 5/8 × 1 1/2 4 – 5/8 × 1 1/2 4 – 5/8 × 1 1/2
Style 326 4 – 1/4 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 3/8 × 1 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 4 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 5 5/8 × 1 1/2 4 – 5/8 × 1 1/2 4 – 5/8 × 1 1/2
Covers, Trough (Std. 10 ft.) 10 – 5/16 × 1 10 – 5/16 × 1 10 – 5/16 × 1 10 – 5/16 × 1 10 – 5/16 × 1 10 – 5/16 × 1 10 – 5/16 × 1 10 – 5/16 × 1 10 – 5/16 × 1 10 – 5/16 × 1
Saddle – Feet
Flanged Feet
2 – 3/8 × 1 1/2 2 – 3/8 × 1 1/2 2 – 3/8 × 1 1/2 2 – 3/8 × 1 1/2 2 – 1/2 × 13/4 2 – 1/2 × 13/4 2 – 5/8 × 2 2 – 5/8 × 2 2 – 5/8 × 2 2 – 5/8 × 2
Saddle (Now Welded)
Spouts, Discharge
Attaching Bolts 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/2 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/2 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/2 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/2 8 – 3/8 × 1 1/2 12 – 3/8 × 1 1/2 12 – 3/8 × 1 1/2 12 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 12 – 1/2 × 1 1/2 12 – 1/2 × 1 1/2
Flange 12 – 3/8 × 1 12 – 3/8 × 1 12 – 3/8 × 1 12 – 3/8 × 1 12 – 3/8 × 1 20 – 3/8 × 1 20 – 3/8 × 1 20 – 1/2 × 1 20 – 1/2 × 1 20 – 1/2 × 1
Flange w/Slide 10 – 3/8 × 1 10 – 3/8 × 1 10 – 3/8 × 1 10 – 3/8 × 1 10 – 3/8 × 1 16 – 3/8 × 1 16 – 3/8 × 1 16 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 16 – 1/2 × 1 1/4 16 – 1/2 × 1 1/4
All bolts hex head cap screws with hex nuts and lock washers.
Requirements
Bolt
H-43
Bolt
Requirements
H-44
Pipe Sizes, Dimensions
and Weights
H-45
Typical Drive
Arrangements
The most common types of drives for screw conveyors are illustrated below.
In addition to those shown, other types available are: variable speed drives, hydraulic drives, and take-off drives for connection to
other equipment.
For special drive requirements, consult our engineering department.
H-46
CEMA
Standards
Listed A B C D F G H
Pipe
Screw Length Diameter Pitch Bushing Bore Centers
Coupling Size Size Thickness Spacing Nominal
Diameter Feet and Tolerance Tolerance Inside Diameter 2nd
Diameter Designation Schedule 1st Bolt Bolt Hole
and Inches Inner Outer Bolt
40 Plus Minus Plus Minus Min. Max. Hole Size
Pitch Edge Edge Hole
4 1 4H206 1 1/4 9 – 10 1/2 1/16 1/8 3/16 3/32 1/2 1/4 1.005 1.016 1/2 2 13/32
6 1 1/2 6H304 2 9 – 10 1/16 3/16 1/8 1/16 1/2 1/4 1.505 1.516 7/8 3 17/32
6 1 1/2 6H308 2 9 – 10 1/16 3/16 1/4 1/8 3/4 1/4 1.505 1.516 7/8 3 17/32
6 1 1/2 6H312 2 9 – 10 1/16 3/16 3/8 3/16 3/4 1/4 1.505 1.516 7/8 3 17/32
9 1 1/2 9H306 2 9 – 10 1/16 3/16 3/16 3/32 3/4 1/4 1.505 1.516 7/8 3 17/32
9 1 1/2 9H312 2 9 – 10 1/16 3/16 3/8 3/16 3/4 1/4 1.505 1.516 7/8 3 17/32
9 2 9H406 2 1/2 9 – 10 1/16 3/16 3/16 3/32 3/4 1/4 2.005 2.016 7/8 3 21/32
9 2 9H412 2 1/2 9 – 10 1/16 1/4 3/8 3/16 3/4 1/4 2.005 2.016 7/8 3 21/32
9 2 9H414 2 1/2 9 – 10 1/16 1/4 7/16 7/32 3/4 1/4 2.005 2.016 7/8 3 21/32
10 1 1/2 10H306 2 9 – 10 1/16 3/16 3/16 3/32 3/4 1/4 1.505 1.516 7/8 3 17/32
10 2 10H412 2 1/2 9 – 10 1/16 1/4 3/8 3/16 3/4 1/4 2.005 2.016 7/8 3 21/32
12 2 12H408 2 1/2 11 – 10 1/8 5/16 1/4 1/8 1 1/4 2.005 2.016 7/8 3 21/32
12 2 12H412 2 1/2 11 – 10 1/8 5/16 3/8 3/16 1 1/4 2.005 2.016 7/8 3 21/32
12 2 7/16 12H508 3 11 – 9 1/8 5/16 1/4 1/8 1 1/4 2.443 2.458 15/16 3 21/32
12 2 7/16 12H512 3 11 – 9 1/8 5/16 3/8 3/16 1 1/4 2.443 2.458 15/16 3 21/32
12 3 12H614 3 1/2 11 – 9 1/8 3/8 7/16 7/32 1 1/4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
14 2 7/16 14H508 3 11 – 9 1/8 5/16 1/4 1/8 1 1/4 2.443 2.458 15/16 3 21/32
14 3 14H614 3 1/2 11 – 9 1/8 3/8 7/16 7/32 1 1/4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
16 3 16H610 3 1/2 11 – 9 1/8 3/8 5/16 5/32 1 1/2 1/4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
16 3 16H614 4 11 – 9 1/8 3/8 7/16 7/32 1 1/2 1/4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
NOTE: All dimensions in inches.
Diameter
4 1 3/8 1 5/8
6 2 1 1/2 7/8
9 3 2 1/8 1 1/2
10 3 3/8 2 1/4 1 3/4
12 4 2 3/4 2
14 4 5/8 3 1/8 2 1/2
16 5 1/4 3 1/2 3
18 6 3 7/8 3 3/8
Depth of cut "C" is one half the flight width for normal maximum pipe size. Lengths "A" 20 6 5/8 4 1/4 3 7/8
and "B" are calculated from the developed O.D. for standard pitch. 24 7 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8
Carrying Side Carrying Side
5 Cuts 5 Cuts
Omit First Per Pitch Per Pitch
Omit First
Two Cuts
Two Cuts
H-47
CEMA
Standards
Listed A B C D F G H
Pipe
Screw Length Diameter Bushing Bore
Coupling Size Size Pitch Tolerance Spacing Centers Nominal
Diameter Feet and Tolerance Inside Diameter
Diameter Designation Schedule Thickness 1st Bolt 2nd Bolt Bolt Hole
and Inches
40 Plus Minus Plus Minus Min. Max. Hole Hole Size
Pitch
6 1 1/2 6S312 2 9 – 10 1/16 3/16 3/16 3/8 1/4 1.505 1.516 7/8 3 17/32
1 1/2 9S312 2 9 – 10 1/16 3/16 3/16 1/2 1/4 1.505 1.516 7/8 3 17/32
9 2 9S412 2 1/2 9 – 10 1/16 3/16 3/16 1/2 1/4 2.005 2.016 7/8 3 21/32
2 9S416 2 1/2 9 – 10 1/16 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/4 2.005 2.016 7/8 3 21/32
10 2 10S412 2 1/2 9 – 10 1/16 3/16 3/16 1/2 1/4 2.005 2.016 7/8 3 21/32
2 12S412 2 1/2 11 – 10 1/8 5/16 3/16 3/4 1/4 2.005 2.016 7/8 3 21/32
2 7/16 12S512 3 11 – 9 1/8 5/16 3/16 3/4 1/4 2.443 2.458 15/16 3 21/32
12 2 7/16 12S516 3 11 – 9 1/8 5/16 1/4 3/4 1/4 2.443 2.458 15/16 3 21/32
3 12S616 3 1/2 11 – 9 1/8 5/16 1/4 3/4 1/4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
3 12S624 3 1/2 11 – 9 1/8 3/8 3/8 3/4 1/4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
2 7/16 14S512 3 11 – 9 1/8 5/16 3/16 3/4 1/4 2.443 2.458 15/16 3 21/32
14 3 14S616 3 1/2 11 – 9 1/8 5/16 1/4 3/4 1/4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
3 14S624 3 1/2 11 – 9 1/8 3/8 3/8 3/4 1/4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
3 16S612 3 1/2 11 – 9 1/8 3/8 3/16 3/4 1/4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
3 16S616 3 1/2 11 – 9 1/8 3/8 1/4 3/4 1/4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
16
3 16S624 3 1/2 11 – 9 1/8 3/8 3/8 3/4 1/4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
3 16S632 3 1/2 11 – 9 1/8 1/2 1/2 3/4 1/4 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
3 18S612 3 1/2 11 – 9 3/16 3/8 3/16 3/4 1/2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
3 18S616 3 1/2 11 – 9 3/16 3/8 1/4 3/4 1/2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
18
3 18S624 3 1/2 11 – 9 3/16 3/8 3/8 3/4 1/2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
3 18S632 3 1/2 11 – 9 3/16 1/2 1/2 3/4 1/2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
3 20S612 3 1/2 11 – 9 3/16 3/8 3/16 7/8 1/2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
20 3 20S616 3 1/2 11 – 9 3/16 3/8 1/4 7/8 1/2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
3 20S624 3 1/2 11 – 9 3/16 3/8 3/8 7/8 1/2 3.005 3.025 1 3 25/32
3 7/16 24S712 4 11 – 8 3/16 3/8 3/16 7/8 1/2 3.443 3.467 1 1/2 4 29/32
3 7/16 24S716 4 11 – 8 3/16 3/8 1/4 7/8 1/2 3.443 3.467 1 1/2 4 29/32
24
3 7/16 24S724 4 11 – 8 3/16 3/8 3/8 7/8 1/2 3.443 3.467 1 1/2 4 29/32
3 7/16 24S732 4 11 – 8 3/16 1/2 1/2 7/8 1/2 3.443 3.467 1 1/2 4 29/32
NOTE: All dimensions in inches.
H-48
Components
COMPONENTS PAGE
H-49
Component
Selection
H-50
Component
Selection
Discharge Spouts and Gates Viscous or Sticky Materials. Ribbon flight conveyor screws are
most frequently used for conveying these materials although
Standard discharge spouts and gates are available for either standard components may be specially coated to improve the
conveyor trough or tubular housing in several designs, operated flow of material.
either manually or by remote controls.
Harmful Vapors or Dusts. These materials may be safely handled
In installations where it is possible to overfill the device to which in dust sealed trough, plain tubular housing, or gasketed flanged
material is being transported, an additional overflow discharge tubular housing with particular attention to shaft sealing. Trough
opening or overflow relief device should be provided. Consult our or housing exhaust systems have also been successfully used in
Engineering Department for suggested electrical interlock and some installations.
safety devices to prevent overflow or damage to equipment.
Blending in Transit. Ribbon, cut flight, paddle, or a combination
It is sometimes found that the material characteristics are such of these screw types may be designed to produce the desired
that standard component specifications are inadequate. Should degree of blending, aeration or mixing.
unusual material characteristics or severe conditions exist, our
Engineering Department should be consulted. Explosive Dusts. The danger of this condition may be minimized
in most installations by the use of components which are
Conveyor Ends fabricated from non-ferrous materials and proper conveyor
sealing techniques observed. Exhaust systems are also advisable
A complete line of conveyor ends are available as standard for for the removal of explosive dusts.
either conveyor trough or tubular housing with a choice of many
bearing types and combinations. Materials Subject to Packing. This condition requires the use
of aerating devices at the conveyor inlet when materials are
pulverulent and a special feeder device when material particles
Special Applications are large or fibrous.
More common of the unusual material characteristics which
Materials which are Fluid when Aerated. This condition may be
require other than the recommended components are:
used to advantage in some installations by declining the conveyor
Corrosive Materials. Components may be fabricated from alloys system toward the discharge end.
not affected by the material or may be coated with a protective
Degradable Materials. Some particles that are easily broken or
substance.
distorted may usually be handled in screw conveyors by reducing
Contaminable Materials. Require the use of oil impregnated, the speed and selecting a larger conveyor size sufficient to deliver
sealed, or dry type hanger bearings. End shafts should be sealed the required volume of material.
to prevent entrance of contaminants from the outside. Due to the
Elevated Temperature. Components should be fabricated from
necessity for frequent cleaning conveyor components should be
high temperature alloys. Should the process be such that cooling
designed for convenient disassembly.
of the material in the conveyor is permissible, jacketed trough
Abrasive Materials. These materials may be handled in or housing may be used at the inlet end to cool the material
conveyors, troughs, or housings constructed of abrasion and standard components used after the point where material
resistant alloys with hard surfaced screws. Lining of all exposed temperature has been reduced to a safe degree.
surfaces with rubber or special resins also materially reduces
abrasive damage.
H-51
Conveyor
Trough
ANGLE
Rigid construction.
FLANGE
Standard lengths in stock.
U-TROUGH
SOLID
One piece construction for totally enclosed or inclined applications.
TUBULAR
Hanger pockets required for use with standard hangers.
TROUGH
FLARED
Used where materials tend to bridge or when flared inlets are needed.
TROUGH
CHANNEL
Adds structural support for longer than standard spans.
TROUGH
DROP
Used when complete material clean-out is critical.
BOTTOM
Can be furnished with hinges either side and bolts or clamps opposite side.
TROUGH
FORMED
FLANGE Material being conveyed forms its own trough thereby reducing trough wear.
RECTANGULAR One piece construction.
TROUGH
ANGLE
FLANGE
The same as formed flange rectangular except top flanges are made from structural angle.
RECTANGULAR
TROUGH
JACKTED
Jacket allows heating or cooling of material being conveyed.
TROUGH
H-52
Standard
Conveyor Trough
Standard conveyor troughs have a U-shaped steel body with angle iron top flanges or formed top flanges and jig drilled end flanges.
E F
B B
A A
Length
C C
A/2 D A/2 D
Angle Flange Formed Flange
Angle Flanged Trough Formed Flanged Trough p
D
Conveyor Weight Weight
Trough Part Part A B C E F
Diameter 10'* 5' 12' 6' 10' 5' 12' 6'
Thickness Number Number
Length Length Length Length Length Length Length Length
16 GA. 4CTA16 53 29 — — 4CTF16 41 23 — — 7 3/4
4 14 4CTA14 60 33 — — 4CTF14 50 28 — — 5 1 1/4 3 5/8 7 13/16 2 1/2
12 4CTA12 78 42 — — 4CTF12 70 38 — — 7 15/16
16 GA. 6CTA16 67 44 — — 6CTF16 55 32 — — 9 3/4
14 6CTA14 78 49 — — 6CTF14 67 38 — — 9 13/16
6 12 6CTA12 101 60 — — 6CTF12 91 50 — — 7 1 1/4 4 1/2 9 15/16 3 1/2
10 6CTA10 123 73 — — 6CTF10 117 64 — — 10 1/16
3/16 6CTA7 164 86 — — 6CTF7 150 79 — — 9 7/8
16 GA. 9CTA16 113 66 — — 9CTF16 83 51 — — 13 1/4
14 9CTA14 127 73 — — 9CTF14 99 59 — — 13 5/16
12 9CTA12 156 87 — — 9CTF12 132 75 — — 13 7/16
9 10 1 1/2 6 1/8 5
10 9CTA10 176 102 — — 9CTF10 164 91 — — 13 9/16
3/16 9CTA7 230 124 — — 9CTF7 214 116 — — 13 3/8
1/4 9CTA3 286 152 — — 9CTF3 276 147 — — 13 1/2
16 GA. 10CTA16 118 69 — — 10CTF16 88 54 — — 14 1/4
14 10CTA14 133 76 — — 10CTF14 105 62 — — 14 5/16
12 10CTA12 164 92 — — 10CTF12 140 80 — — 14 7/16
10 11 1 1/2 6 3/8 5 1/2
10 10CTA10 178 102 — — 10CTF10 167 91 — — 14 9/16
3/16 10CTA7 233 131 — — 10CTF7 217 123 — — 14 3/8
1/4 10CTA3 306 163 — — 10CTF3 296 158 — — 14 1/2
12 GA. 12CTA12 197 113 236 135 12CTF12 164 95 197 114 17 7/16
10 12CTA10 234 133 281 160 12CTF10 187 117 224 140 17 9/16
12 13 2 7 3/4 6 1/2
3/16 12CTA7 294 164 353 197 12CTF7 272 150 326 180 17 3/8
1/4 12CTA3 372 203 446 244 12CTF3 357 194 428 233 17 1/2
12 GA. 14CTA12 214 121 257 145 14CTF12 183 102 219 122 19 7/16
10 14CTA10 258 143 309 172 14CTF10 207 127 248 152 19 9/16
14 15 2 9 1/4 7 1/2
3/16 14CTA7 328 180 394 216 14CTF7 304 168 365 202 19 3/8
1/4 14CTA3 418 224 501 269 14CTF3 403 215 483 258 19 1/2
12 GA. 16CTA12 238 133 285 160 16CTF12 206 107 247 128 21 7/16
10 16CTA10 288 159 345 191 16CTF10 234 144 281 173 21 9/16
16 17 2 10 5/8 8 1/2
3/16 16CTA7 368 200 442 240 16CTF7 345 188 414 226 21 3/8
1/4 16CTA3 471 243 565 291 16CTF3 455 228 546 273 21 1/2
12 GA. 18CTA12 252 159 302 191 18CTF12 240 133 288 160 24 7/16
10 18CTA10 353 170 423 204 18CTF10 269 165 323 198 24 9/16
18 19 2 1/2 12 1/8 9 1/2
3/16 18CTA7 444 243 533 291 18CTF7 394 217 473 260 24 3/8
1/4 18CTA3 559 298 671 358 18CTF3 520 275 624 330 24 1/2
10 GA. 20CTA10 383 228 460 274 20CTF10 296 190 355 228 26 9/16
20 3/16 20CTA7 484 271 581 325 20CTF7 434 247 521 296 21 2 1/2 13 1/2 26 3/8 10 1/2
1/4 20CTA3 612 334 734 401 20CTF3 573 315 687 378 26 1/2
10 GA. 24CTA10 443 255 531 306 24CTF10 384 227 461 272 30 9/16
24 3/16 24CTA7 563 319 676 383 24CTF7 514 293 617 352 25 2 1/2 16 1/2 30 3/8 12 1/2
1/4 24CTA3 717 363 860 435 24CTF3 678 339 813 406 30 1/2
Standard Gauge Bolt Patterns on page H-41
p Double formed flange standard on all sizes through 10 ga.
All troughs available in other materials such as stainless, aluminum, abrasion resistant, etc.
H-53
Tubular
Housing
Length
H-55
Discharges
and Gates
STANDARD
Standard spout shown above with the addition of the slide and side guides.
DISCHARGE
FLUSH END Reduces distance from centerline of discharge to end of the conveyor which
DISCHARGE eliminates ledge at end of trough and product build-up. Special flush-end trough ends
SPOUT required when this style of discharge is used.
Rack & pinion type available with hand wheel, rope wheel, pocket wheel and chain.
Discharge spout is included when fitted.
FLAT
SLIDE Flat slide (less rack & pinion) can be furnished with pneumatic, hydraulic, or electric
GATE actuators.
(Not dust-tight)
DUST TIGHT
RACK AND Dust tight rack and pinions are totally enclosed and can be furnished with either flat or
PINION curved slide. Handwheel is normally furnished but is also available with chain or rope
FLAT wheel.
SLIDE
H-56
Discharge
Spouts
Plain spout openings are cut in the trough permitting free material discharge. Fixed spouts with slide gates are used where distribution of material is to be
controlled. Bolted flange permits slide to be operated from any side
Flush end discharge spouts are designed for use at the final discharge point. The
end of the spout is comprised of a housing end with bottom flange drilled with
standard discharge flange bolt pattern. Because it is located at the extreme end of
the conveyor, there is no carryover of material past the final discharge point. The
Fixed spouts are fabricated in proportion to size and thickness of trough. Can be flush end arrangement eliminates the unnecessary extension of trough and interior
furnished loose or welded to trough. components beyond the actual discharge point.
Screw Diameter A B C D G H F
4 5 4 1/2 3 3/4 5/16 5 5/8 11 2 1/2
6 7 6 5 5/16 6 5/8 14 3 1/2
9 10 8 7 1/8 5/16 8 19 5
10 11 9 7 7/8 5/16 8 3/8 20 5 1/2
12 13 10 1/2 8 7/8 5/16 10 1/8 24 6 1/2
14 15 11 1/2 10 1/8 5/16 11 1/4 27 7 1/2
16 17 13 1/2 11 1/8 5/16 12 3/8 30 8 1/2
18 19 14 1/2 12 3/8 5/16 13 3/8 33 9 1/2
20 21 15 1/2 13 3/8 3/8 14 3/8 36 10 1/2
24 25 17 1/2 15 3/8 3/8 16 3/8 42 12 1/2
Trough Spout and Gate Part Number Weight
Screw
Thickness Thickness Fixed Spout Flush End Fixed Spout Flush End
Diameter
Gauge Gauge Plain With Slide Spout Plain Slide Spout
16 – 14 14 4TSD14 4TSDS14 4TSDF14 2 6 1.5
4
12 12 4TSD12 4TSDS12 4TSDF12 3 7 2.25
14 – 12 14 6TSD14 6TSDS14 6TSDF14 4 11 3.0
6
3/16 12 6TSD12 6TSDS12 6TSDF12 6 13 4.50
16 – 14 – 12 – 10 14 9TSD14 9TSDS14 9TSDF14 8 18 6.0
9
3/16 – 1/4 10 9TSD10 9TSDS10 9TSDF10 13 22 9.75
14 – 12 – 10 14 10TSD14 10TSDS14 10TSDF14 10 21 7.5
10
3/16 – 1/4 10 10TSD10 10TSDS10 10TSDF10 16 27 12.0
12 – 10 12 12TSD12 12TSDS12 12TSDF12 17 36 12.75
12
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 12TSD7 12TSDS7 12TSDF7 29 48 21.75
12 – 10 12 14TSD12 14TSDS12 14TSDF12 22 46 16.50
14
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 14TSD7 14TSDS7 14TSDF7 38 62 28.50
12 – 10 12 16TSD12 16TSDS12 16TSDF12 21 49 15.75
16
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 16TSD7 16TSDS7 16TSDF7 40 68 30.0
12 – 10 12 18TSD12 18TSDS12 18TSDF12 32 69 24.0
18
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 18TSD7 18TSDS7 18TSDF7 60 97 45.0
10 12 20TSD12 20TSDS12 20TSDF12 40 91 30.0
20
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 20TSD7 20TSDS7 20TSDF7 67 118 50.25
10 12 24TSD12 24TSDS12 24TSDF12 52 116 39.0
24
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 24TSD7 24TSDS7 24TSDF7 87 151 65.25
Standard Gauge Bolt Patterns on page H-42
H-57
Discharge
Gates
Screw K
A B C D E G H J
Diameter Diameter
4 5 2 1/2 3 3/4 7 13 1/2 6 1/2 5 5 1/2 12
6 7 3 1/2 5 8 1/4 16 7 1/2 6 6 3/4 12
9 10 5 7 1/8 10 3/8 20 1/4 9 9 1/2 8 7/8 12
10 11 5 1/2 7 7/8 11 1/8 23 1/2 10 1/2 10 9 7/8 12
12 13 6 1/2 8 7/8 12 1/8 25 1/2 11 12 1/4 10 7/8 12
14 15 7 1/2 10 1/8 13 3/8 31 1/4 12 1/2 13 1/4 12 12
16 17 8 1/2 11 1/8 14 3/8 33 5/8 13 1/2 14 1/4 13 12
18 19 9 1/2 12 3/8 15 5/8 37 7/8 14 1/2 15 3/4 14 1/8 12
20 21 10 1/2 13 3/8 16 11/16 40 3/4 15 1/2 16 3/4 15 1/8 12
24 25 12 1/2 15 3/8 18 11/16 46 1/2 17 1/2 18 3/4 17 3/8 12
Trough Spout and Gate
Screw Part Number Weight
Thickness Thickness
Diameter Rack and Pinion † Rack and Pinion
Gauge Gauge
16 – 14 14 4RPF14 18
4
12 12 4RPF12 21
16 – 14 – 12 14 6RPF14 28
6
3/16 12 6RPF12 31
14 – 12 – 10 14 9RPF14 49
9
3/16 – 1/4 10 9RPF10 54
14 – 12 – 10 14 10RPF14 56
10
3/16 – 1/4 10 10RPF10 62
12 – 10 12 12RPF12 94
12
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 12RPF7 106
12 – 10 12 14RPF12 107
14
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 14RPF7 123
12 – 10 12 16RPF12 112
16
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 16RPF7 131
12 – 10 12 18RPF12 157
18*
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 18RPF7 185
10 12 20RPF12 185
20*
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 20RPF7 212
10 12 24RPF12 233
24*
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 24RPF7 268
Standard Gauge Bolt Patterns on page H-42
* Hand Wheels supplied as Standard Assembly
–C Chain Wheel
–R Rope Wheel
† All Rack and Pinion Gates 18" and Larger Have Double Rack and Pinion
H-58
Discharge
Gates
H-59
Discharge
Gates
Screw K
A B C D E G H J
Diameter Diameter
4 5 2 1/2 71/2 2 1/2 12 6 7 7 1/2 12
6 7 3 1/2 10 4 18 1/2 7 1/2 8 9 12
9 10 5 12 1/2 5 23 9 11 10 12
10 11 5 1/2 13 5 25 10 11 1/2 10 1/2 12
12 13 6 1/2 15 5 28 11 1/2 13 10 1/2 12
14 15 7 1/2 15 1/2 5 1/2 31 12 1/2 14 10 1/2 12
16 17 8 1/2 16 1/2 5 1/2 34 13 1/2 15 10 1/2 12
18 19 9 1/2 18 1/2 6 1/2 38 1/2 15 16 1/2 11 1/2 12
20 21 10 1/2 20 7 40 1/2 16 17 1/2 12 12
24 25 12 1/2 23 8 47 1/2 18 19 1/2 13 12
Screw Trough Spout and Gate Part Number
Diameter Thickness Gauge Thickness Gauge Flat Slide * Weight Curved Slide * Weight
16 – 14 14 4RPFD14 27 4RPCD16 30
4
12 12 4RPFD12 32 4RPCD12 35
16 – 14 – 12 14 66RPFD14 42 6RPCD16 46
6
3/16 12 6RPFD12 47 6RPCD12 52
14 – 12 – 10 14 9RPFD12 74 9RPCD12 81
9
3/16 – 1/4 10 9RPFD10 81 9RPCD10 89
14 – 12 – 10 14 10RPFD14 84 10RPCD14 92
10
3/16 – 1/4 10 10RPFD10 93 104PCD10 102
12 – 10 12 12RPFD12 141 12RPCD12 155
12
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 12RPFD7 158 12RPCD7 174
12 – 10 12 14RPFD12 160 14RPCD12 176
14
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 14RPFD7 185 14RPCD7 204
12 – 10 12 16RPFD12 168 16RPCD12 185
16
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 16RPFD7 197 16RPCD7 217
12 – 10 12 18RPFD12 240 18RPCD12 264
18
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 18RPFD7 277 18RPCD7 305
10 12 20RPFD12 278 20RPCD12 306
20
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 20RPFD7 318 20RPCD7 350
10 12 24RPFD12 350 24RPCD12 385
24
3/16 – 1/4 3/16 24RPFD7 402 24RPCD7 442
* Hand Wheels supplied as Standard Assembly Flange drilling in standard. See page H-43
– C Chain Wheel
– R Rope Wheel
H-60
Discharge Gate
Accesories
Hand Wheel
Wheel Diameter Part Number Weight C D E
12 12HW1 11 2 1 1/8 1 7/8
The hand wheel is regularly furnished to rotate the pinion shaft when
the slide gate is readily accessible.
NOTE: Zinc or nickel plated hand wheels available on request.
1" Bore
1/4" Keyway
Hanger Pockets
Hanger pockets are used with
tubular trough and are mounted
on the trough at bearing
connections. The hanger pocket
forms a "U" shaped section for
a short distance, allowing the
use of standard hangers and
providing easy access to them.
H-61
Trough
Ends
OUTSIDE TROUGH
ENDS WITHOUT Trough support not included
FEET
H-62
Trough
Ends
D
Conveyor Shaft ▲ Part
B Friction Ball Roller E K L N Weight P Slot
Diameter Diameter Number
Bearing Bearing Bearing
4 1 4TE2–* 3 5/8 2 3/16 1 5/8 1 7/16 1/4 8 1/8 3/8 3 7/16 × 9/16
6 1 1/2 6TE3–* 4 1/2 3 3/16 2 3/16 3 11/16 1 1/2 1/4 10 1/8 3/8 4 7/16 × 9/16
1 1/2 9TE3–* 6 1/8 3 1/4 2 3/16 3 11/16 1 5/8 1/4 13 3/4 3/8 9
9 7/16 × 9/16
2 9TE4–* 6 1/8 4 1/4 2 1/2 3 13/16 1 5/8 1/4 13 3/4 3/8 9
1 1/2 10TE3–* 6 3/8 3 1/4 2 3/16 3 11/16 1 3/4 1/4 14 3/4 3/8 11
10 7/16 × 9/16
2 10TE4–* 6 3/8 4 1/4 2 1/2 3 13/16 1 3/4 1/4 14 3/4 3/8 11
2 12TE4–* 7 3/4 4 1/4 2 9/16 3 7/8 2 1/4 17 1/4 1/2 20
12 2 7/16 12TE5–* 7 3/4 5 1/4 2 15/16 4 7/16 2 1/4 17 1/4 1/2 20 9/16 × 11/16
3 12TE6–* 7 3/4 6 1/4 3 3/4 4 15/16 2 1/4 17 1/4 1/2 20
2 7/16 14TE5–* 9 1/4 5 5/16 2 15/16 4 7/16 2 1/4 19 1/4 1/2 35 9/16 × 11/16
14
3 14TE6–* 9 1/4 5 5/16 3 3/4 4 15/16 2 1/4 19 1/4 1/2 35
16 3 16TE6–* 10 5/8 6 5/16 3 13/16 5 2 1/2 5/16 21 1/4 5/8 42 11/16 × 13/16
3 18TE6–* 12 1/8 6 3/8 3 13/16 5 2 1/2 3/8 24 1/4 5/8 60
18 11/16 × 13/16
3 7/16 18TE7–* 12 1/8 7 3/8 4 5/16 5 9/16 2 1/2 3/8 24 1/4 5/8 60
3 20TE6–* 13 1/2 6 3/8 3 7/8 5 1/16 2 1/2 3/8 26 1/4 5/8 90
20 11/16 × 13/16
3 7/16 20TE7–* 13 1/2 7 3/8 4 3/8 5 5/8 2 1/2 3/8 26 1/4 5/8 90
24 3 7/16 24TE7–* 16 1/2 7 3/8 4 3/8 5 5/8 2 1/2 3/8 30 1/4 5/8 120 11/16 × 13/16
D
Conveyor Shaft ▲ Part
B C Friction Ball Roller E F H J K L M N Weight P Slot
Diameter Diameter Number
Bearing Bearing Bearing
4 1 4TEF2–* 3 5/8 4 5/8 2 15/16 1 5/8 — 1 7/16 5 3/4 1 1 5/8 1/4 8 1/8 3/8 3/8 4 7/16 × 9/16
6 1 1/2 6TEF3–* 4 1/2 5 5/8 3 15/16 2 3/16 3 11/16 1 1/2 8 1/8 1 1 3/4 1/4 10 1/8 3/8 3/8 7 7/16 × 9/16
1 1/2 9TEF3–* 6 1/8 7 7/8 3 15/16 2 3/16 3 11/16 1 5/8 9 3/8 1 1/2 2 5/8 1/4 13 3/4 1/2 3/8 12
9 7/16 × 9/16
2 9TEF4–* 6 1/8 7 7/8 4 15/16 2 1/2 3 13/16 1 5/8 9 3/8 1 1/2 2 5/8 1/4 13 3/4 1/2 3/8 12
1 1/2 10TEF3–* 6 3/8 8 7/8 3 15/16 2 3/16 3 11/16 1 3/4 9 1/2 1 3/4 2 7/8 1/4 14 3/4 1/2 3/8 14
10 7/16 × 9/16
2 10TEF4–* 6 3/8 8 7/8 4 15/16 2 1/2 3 13/16 1 3/4 9 1/2 1 3/4 2 7/8 1/4 14 3/4 1/2 3/8 14
2 12TEF4–* 7 3/4 9 5/8 5 2 9/16 3 7/8 2 12 1/4 1 5/8 2 3/4 1/4 17 1/4 5/8 1/2 23
12 2 7/16 12TEF5–* 7 3/4 9 5/8 5 1/2 2 15/16 4 7/16 2 12 1/4 1 5/8 2 3/4 1/4 17 1/4 5/8 1/2 23 9/16 × 11/16
3 12TEF6–* 7 3/4 9 5/8 5 5/8 3 3/4 4 15/16 2 12 1/4 1 5/8 2 3/4 1/4 17 1/4 5/8 1/2 23
2 7/16 14TEF5–* 9 1/4 10 7/8 5 1/2 2 15/16 4 7/16 2 13 1/2 1 5/8 2 7/8 1/4 19 1/4 5/8 1/2 38
14 9/16 × 11/16
3 14TEF6–* 9 1/4 10 7/8 5 5/8 3 3/4 4 15/16 2 13 1/2 1 5/8 2 7/8 1/4 19 1/4 5/8 1/2 38
16 3 16TEF6–* 10 5/8 12 5 11/16 3 13/16 5 2 1/2 14 7/8 2 3 1/4 5/16 21 1/4 5/8 5/8 45 11/16 × 13/16
3 18TEF6–* 12 1/8 13 3/8 5 11/16 3 13/16 5 2 1/2 16 2 3 1/4 3/8 24 1/4 5/8 5/8 67
18 11/16 × 13/16
3 7/16 18TEF7–* 12 1/8 13 3/8 6 15/16 4 5/16 5 9/16 2 1/2 16 2 3 1/4 3/8 24 1/4 5/8 5/8 67
20 3 20TEF6–* 13 1/2 15 5 3/4 3 7/8 5 1/16 2 1/2 19 1/4 2 1/4 3 3/4 3/8 26 1/4 3/4 5/8 120
11/16 × 13/16
3 7/16 20TEF7–* 13 1/2 15 7 4 3/8 5 5/8 2 1/2 19 1/4 2 1/4 3 3/4 3/8 26 1/4 3/4 5/8 120
24 3 7/16 24TEF7–* 16 1/2 18 1/8 7 4 3/8 5 5/8 2 1/2 20 2 1/2 4 1/8 3/8 30 1/4 3/4 5/8 162 11/16 × 13/16
▲ Can be furnished with CSP, CSW, or CSFP seals –*BB Ball Bearing –*RB Roller Bearing
–*BR Bronze Bearing –*PLess Bearing
H-63
Trough
Ends
Inside D
Bolts N
Inside trough ends are used in place of outside type where no B
trough end flanges are required. Drilling for bronze bearings or
flanged ball bearing is standard.
D
Conveyor Shaft ▲ Part
A B Friction Ball Roller E K N Weight
Diameter Diameter Number
Bearing Bearing Bearing
4 1 4TEI2–* 5 3 5/8 2 3/16 1 5/8 — 2 1/4 1/4 3
6 1 1/2 6TEI3–* 7 4 1/2 3 3/16 2 3/16 3 11/16 2 1/4 5/16 5
1 1/2 9TEI3–* 10 6 1/8 3 1/4 2 3/16 3 11/16 2 1/4 3/8 9
9
2 9TEI4–* 10 6 1/8 4 1/4 2 1/2 3 13/16 2 1/4 3/8 9
1 1/2 10TEI3–* 11 6 3/8 3 1/4 2 3/16 3 11/16 2 1/4 3/8 11
10
2 10TEI4–* 11 6 3/8 4 1/4 2 1/2 3 13/16 2 1/4 3/8 11
2 12TEI4–* 13 7 3/4 4 1/4 2 9/16 3 7/8 2 1/4 1/2 19
12 2 7/16 12TEI5–* 13 7 3/4 5 1/4 2 15/16 4 7/16 2 1/4 1/2 19
3 12TEI6–* 13 7 3/4 6 1/4 3 3/4 4 15/16 2 1/4 1/2 19
2 7/16 14TEI5–* 15 9 1/4 5 5/16 2 15/16 4 7/16 2 1/4 1/2 34
14
3 14TEI6–* 15 9 1/4 6 5/16 3 3/4 4 15/16 2 1/4 1/2 34
16 3 16TEI6–* 17 10 5/8 6 5/16 3 13/16 5 2 5/16 5/8 40
3 18TEI6–* 19 12 1/8 6 3/8 3 13/16 5 2 3/8 5/8 58
18
3 7/16 18TEI7–* 19 12 1/8 7 3/8 4 5/16 5 9/16 2 3/8 5/8 58
3 20TEI6–* 21 13 1/2 6 3/8 3 7/8 5 1/16 2 3/8 5/8 83
20
3 7/16 20TEI7–* 21 13 1/2 7 3/8 4 3/8 5 5/8 2 3/8 5/8 83
24 3 7/16 24TEI7–* 25 16 1/2 7 3/8 4 3/8 5 5/8 2 3/8 5/8 116
D
Inside Rectangular
Bolts N
Rectangular trough ends are used inside of rectangular trough.
Drilling for bronze bearing or flanged ball bearing is standard
D
Conveyor Shaft ▲ Part
A B C Friction Ball Roller E K N Weight
Diameter Diameter Number
Bearing Bearing Bearing
4 1 4TER2–* 5 3 5/8 2 1/2 2 3/16 1 5/8 — 2 1/4 1/4 4
6 1 1/2 6TER3–* 7 4 1/2 3 1/2 3 3/16 2 3/16 3 11/16 2 1/4 5/16 6
1 1/2 9TER3–* 10 6 1/8 5 3 1/4 2 3/16 3 11/16 2 1/4 3/8 9
9
2 9TER4–* 10 6 1/8 5 4 1/4 2 1/2 3 13/16 2 1/4 3/8 9
1 1/2 10TER3–* 11 6 3/8 5 1/2 3 1/4 2 3/16 3 11/16 2 1/4 3/8 12
10
2 10TER4–* 11 6 3/8 5 1/2 4 1/4 2 1/2 3 13/16 2 1/4 3/8 12
2 12TER4–* 13 7 3/4 6 1/2 4 1/4 2 9/16 3 7/8 2 1/4 1/2 21
12 2 7/16 12TER5–* 13 7 3/4 6 1/2 5 1/4 2 15/16 4 7/16 2 1/4 1/2 21
3 12TER6–* 13 7 3/4 6 1/2 6 1/4 3 3/4 4 15/16 2 1/4 1/2 21
2 7/16 14TER5–* 15 9 1/4 7 1/2 5 5/16 2 15/16 4 7/16 2 1/4 1/2 35
14
3 14TER6–* 15 9 1/4 7 1/2 6 5/16 3 3/4 4 15/16 2 1/4 1/2 35
16 3 16TER6–* 17 10 5/8 8 1/2 6 5/16 3 13/16 5 2 5/16 5/8 41
3 18TER6–* 19 12 1/8 9 1/2 6 3/8 3 13/16 5 2 3/8 5/8 60
18
3 7/16 18TER7–* 19 12 1/8 9 1/2 7 3/8 4 5/16 5 9/16 2 3/8 5/8 60
3 20TER6–* 21 13 1/2 10 1/2 6 3/8 3 7/8 5 1/16 2 3/8 5/8 88
20
3 7/16 20TER7–* 21 13 1/2 10 1/2 7 3/8 4 3/8 5 5/8 2 3/8 5/8 88
24 3 7/16 24TER7–* 25 16 1/2 12 1/2 7 3/8 4 3/8 5 5/8 2 3/8 5/8 125
▲ Can be furnished with CSP, CSW, or CSFP seals –*BB Ball Bearing –*RB Roller Bearing
–*BR Bronze Bearing –*PLess Bearing
H-64
Trough
Ends
Single Bearing
Single bearing pedestal type trough ends are constructed
with base for mounting pillow block bearings and shaft seal
or packing gland.
Double Bearing
Double bearing pedestal type trough ends are for use with
pillow block bearing in conjunction with a flanged bearing
providing extra shaft support.
D
Conveyor Shaft P
A B C Friction Ball Roller E F H J K M N R
Diameter Diameter Slot
Bearing Bearing Bearing
6 1 1/2 16 5/8 7 5 5/8 3 3/16 2 3/16 3 3/4 1 1/2 8 1/8 1 1 3/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 7/16 × 9/16
1 1/2 21 1/4 9 7 7/8 3 1/4 2 3/16 3 3/4 1 5/8 9 3/8 1 1/2 2 5/8 1/4 1/2 3/8 7/16 × 9/16
9
2 21 1/4 9 7 7/8 4 1/4 2 1/2 3 7/8 1 5/8 9 3/8 1 1/2 2 5/8 1/4 1/2 3/8 7/16 × 9/16
2 26 3/8 10 9 5/8 4 1/4 2 9/16 3 7/8 2 12 1/4 1 5/8 2 3/4 1/4 5/8 1/2 9/16 × 11/16
12 2 7/16 26 3/8 10 9 5/8 5 1/4 2 15/16 4 1/2 2 12 1/4 1 5/8 2 3/4 1/4 5/8 1/2 9/16 × 11/16
Consult Factory
3 26 3/8 10 9 5/8 6 1/4 3 3/4 5 2 12 1/4 1 5/8 2 3/4 1/4 5/8 1/2 9/16 × 11/16
2 7/16 28 3/8 11 10 7/8 5 5/16 2 15/16 4 1/2 2 13 1/2 1 5/8 2 7/8 1/4 5/8 1/2 9/16 × 11/16
14
3 28 3/8 11 10 7/8 6 5/16 3 3/4 5 2 13 1/2 1 5/8 2 7/8 5/16 5/8 1/2 9/16 × 11/16
16 3 32 1/2 11 1/2 12 6 5/16 3 13/16 5 2 1/2 14 7/8 2 3 1/4 5/16 5/8 5/8 11/16 × 13/16
3 36 1/2 12 1/8 13 3/8 6 3/8 3 13/16 5 2 1/2 16 2 3 1/4 3/8 5/8 5/8 11/16 × 13/16
18
3 7/16 36 1/2 12 1/8 13 3/8 7 3/8 4 5/16 5 5/8 2 1/2 16 2 3 1/4 3/8 5/8 5/8 11/16 × 13/16
3 39 1/2 13 1/2 15 6 3/8 3 7/8 5 2 1/2 19 1/4 2 1/4 3 3/4 3/8 3/4 5/8 11/16 × 13/16
20
3 7/16 39 1/2 13 1/2 15 7 3/8 4 3/8 5 5/8 2 1/2 19 1/4 2 1/4 3 3/4 3/8 3/4 5/8 11/16 × 13/16
24 3 7/16 45 1/2 16 1/2 18 1/8 7 3/8 4 3/8 5 5/8 2 1/2 20 2 1/2 4 1/8 3/8 3/4 5/8 11/16 × 13/16
Part Number
Conveyor Shaft
Outside With Outside Less Outboard
Diameter Diameter Weight Weight Weight Discharge Weight
Feet Feet Bearing
6 1 1/2 6FTEF3.* 15 6FTE3–* 13 6FTEO3–* 22 6FTDO3–** 11
1 1/2 9FTEF3–* 22 9FTE3–* 19 9FTEO3–* 31 9FTDO3–** 15
9
2 9FTEF4–* 27 9FTE4–* 24 9FTEO4–* 36 9FTDO4–** 20
2 12FTEF4–* 43 12FTE4–* 36 12FTEO4–* 63 12FTDO4–** 28
12 2 7/16 12FTEF5–* 44 12FTE5–* 37 12FTEO5–* 64 12FTDO5–** 29
3 12FTEF6–* 56 12FTE6–* 49 12FTEO6–* 76 12FTDO6–** 41
2 7/16 14FTEF5–* 52 14FTE5–* 43 14FTEO5–* 75 14FTDO5–** 33
14
3 14FTEF6–* 64 14FTE6–* 55 14FTEO6–* 87 14FTDO6–** 45
16 3 16FTEF6–* 85 16FTE6–* 72 16FTEO6–* 125 16FTDO6–** 56
3 18FTEF6–* 98 18FTE6–* 83 18FTEO6–* 138 18FTDO6–** 63
18
3 7/16 18FTEF7–* 104 18FTE7–* 89 18FTEO7–* 144 18FTDO7–** 69
3 20FTEF6–* 133 20FTE6–* 103 20FTEO6–* 196 20FTDO6–** 75
20
3 7/16 20FTEF7–* 139 20FTE7–* 109 20FTEO7–* 202 20FTDO7–** 81
24 3 7/16 24FTEF7–* 179 24FTE7–* 132 24FTEO7–* 250 24FTDO7–** 96
–*BB-P Ball Bearing Plate Only For Bolt Pattern see Page H-41
–*RB-P Roller Bearing Plate Only
H-66
Trough
Ends
Outside discharge trough ends are used to support end bearing Bolts N
and will allow material to discharge or overflow through the end of
the trough. Drilling for three bolt bronze or flanged ball bearing is
standard.
D
Conveyor Shaft Part
B Friction Ball Roller E K L M N P Slot Weight
Diameter Diameter Number
Bearing Bearing Bearing
4 1 4TDO2.* 3 5/8 2 1/4 1 5/8 1 7/16 1/4 8 3 5/8 3/8 7/16 × 9 /16 2
6 1 1/2 6TDO3–* 4 1/2 3 1/2 2 1/8 3 3/4 1 1/2 1/4 9 3/4 4 1/2 3/8 7/16 × 9/16 3
1 1/2 9TDO3–* 6 1/8 3 1/2 2 1/8 3 3/4 1 5/8 1/4 13 3/4 6 1/8 3/8 7/16 × 9/16 5
9
2 9TDO4–* 6 1/8 4 7/16 2 1/2 3 7/8 1 5/8 1/4 13 3/4 6 1/8 3/8 7/16 × 9/16 5
1 1/2 10TDO3–* 6 3/8 3 1/2 2 1/8 3 3/4 1 3/4 1/4 14 3/4 6 3/8 3/8 7/16 × 9/16 6
10
2 10TDO4–* 6 3/8 4 7/16 2 1/2 3 7/8 1 3/4 1/4 14 3/4 6 3/8 3/8 7/16 × 9/16 6
2 12TDO4–* 7 3/4 4 7/16 2 1/2 3 7/8 2 1/4 17 1/4 7 3/4 1/2 9/16 × 11/16 12
12 2 7/16 12TDO5–* 7 3/4 5 5/16 2 9/16 4 7/16 2 1/4 17 1/4 7 3/4 1/2 9/16 × 11/16 12
3 12TDO6–* 7 3/4 5 15/16 3 3/4 4 15/16 2 1/4 17 1/4 7 3/4 1/2 9/16 × 11/16 12
2 7/16 14TDO5–* 9 1/4 5 5/16 2 9/16 4 7/16 2 1/4 19 1/4 9 1/4 1/2 9/16 × 11/16 17
14
3 14TDO6–* 9 1/4 5 15/16 3 3/8 4 15/16 2 1/4 19 1/4 9 1/4 1/2 9/16 × 11/16 17
16 3 16TDO6–* 10 5/8 6 3 7/16 5 2 1/2 5/16 21 1/4 10 5/8 5/8 11/16 × 13/16 26
3 18TDO6–* 12 1/8 6 1/16 3 1/2 5 1/16 2 1/2 3/8 24 1/4 12 1/8 5/8 11/16 × 13/16 33
18
3 7/16 18TDO7–* 12 1/8 6 5/8 3 3/4 5 5/8 2 1/2 3/8 24 1/4 12 1/8 5/8 11/16 × 13/16 33
3 20TDO6–* 13 1/2 6 1/16 3 1/2 5 1/16 2 1/2 3/8 26 1/4 13 1/2 5/8 11/16 × 13/16 55
20
3 7/16 20TDO7–* 13 1/2 6 5/8 3 3/4 5 5/8 2 1/2 3/8 26 1/4 13 1/2 5/8 11/16 × 13/16 55
24 3 7/16 24TDO7–* 16 1/2 6 5/8 3 3/4 5 5/8 2 1/2 3/8 30 1/2 16 1/2 5/8 11/16 × 13/16 81
Inside Discharge
Inside discharge trough ends are used to support end bearing and
Bolts N
will allow material to discharge or overflow through the end of the
trough. This trough end is used inside the trough where no trough
end flanges are required. Drilling for three bolt bronze or flanged
ball bearing is standard.
D
Conveyor Shaft Part
A B Friction Ball Roller E K M N Weight
Diameter Diameter Number
Bearing Bearing Bearing
4 1 4TDI2–* 5 3 5/8 2 1/4 1 5/8 2 1/4 3 5/8 3/8 2
6 1 1/2 6TDI3–* 7 4 1/2 3 1/2 2 1/8 3 3/4 2 1/4 4 1/2 3/8 3
1 1/2 9TDI3–* 10 6 1/8 3 1/2 2 1/8 3 3/4 2 1/4 6 1/8 3/8 5
9
2 9TDI4–* 10 6 1/8 4 7/16 2 1/2 3 7/8 2 1/4 6 1/8 3/8 5
1 1/2 10TDI3–* 11 6 3/8 3 1/2 2 1/8 3 3/4 2 1/4 6 3/8 3/8 6
10
2 10TDI4–* 11 6 3/8 4 7/16 2 1/2 3 7/8 2 1/4 6 3/8 3/8 6
2 12TDI4–* 13 7 3/4 4 7/16 2 1/2 3 7/8 2 1/4 7 3/4 1/2 12
12 2 7/16 12TDI5–* 13 7 3/4 5 5/16 2 9/16 4 7/16 2 1/4 7 3/4 1/2 12
3 12TDI6–* 13 7 3/4 5 15/16 3 3/4 4 15/16 2 1/4 7 3/4 1/2 12
2 7/16 14TDI5–* 15 9 1/4 5 5/16 2 9/16 4 7/16 2 1/4 9 1/4 5/8 16
14
3 14TDI6–* 15 9 1/4 5 15/16 3 3/8 4 15/16 2 1/4 9 1/4 5/8 16
16 3 16TDI6–* 17 10 5/8 6 3 7/16 5 2 5/16 10 5/8 5/8 25
3 18TDI6–* 19 12 1/8 6 1/16 3 1/2 5 1/16 2 3/8 12 1/8 5/8 32
18
3 7/16 18TDI7–* 19 12 1/8 6 5/8 3 3/4 5 5/8 2 3/8 12 1/8 5/8 32
3 20TDI16–* 21 13 1/2 6 1/16 3 1/2 5 1/16 2 3/8 13 1/2 5/8 50
20
3 7/16 20TDI7–* 21 13 1/2 6 5/8 3 3/4 5 5/8 2 3/8 13 1/2 5/8 50
24 3 7/16 24TDI7–* 25 16 1/2 6 5/8 3 3/4 5 5/8 2 3/8 16 1/2 5/8 76
–*BB-P Ball Bearing Plate Only
–*RB-P Roller Bearing Plate Only
H-67
Trough
Ends
Outside
Outside tubular trough ends less feet are used to support end
bearings on tubular trough where no foot or support is required.
Drilling for bronze or flanged ball bearing is standard.
Bolts N
D
Conveyor Shaft
Part Number B Friction Roller K L N Weight
Diameter Diameter Ball Bearing
Bearing Bearing
4 1 4CHTE2–* 4 2 1/4 1 5/8 1/4 8 3/8 2
6 1 1/2 6CHTE3–* 5 1/16 3 1/2 2 1/8 3 3/4 1/4 10 1/8 3/8 3
1 1/2 9CHTE3–* 6 5/8 3 1/2 2 1/8 3 3/4 1/4 13 1/4 3/8 6
9
2 9CHTE4–* 6 5/8 4 7/16 2 1/2 3 7/8 1/4 13 1/4 3/8 6
1 1/2 10CHTE3–* 7 3/8 3 1/2 2 1/8 3 3/4 1/4 14 3/4 3/8 7
10
2 10CHTE4–* 7 3/8 4 7/16 2 1/2 3 7/8 1/4 14 3/4 3/8 7
2 12CHTE4–* 8 1/8 4 7/16 2 1/2 3 7/8 1/4 16 1/4 1/2 13
12 2 7/16 12CHTE5–* 8 1/8 5 5/16 2 9/16 4 7/16 1/4 16 1/4 1/2 13
3 12CHTE6–* 8 1/8 5 15/16 3 3/4 4 15/16 1/4 16 1/4 1/2 13
2 7/16 14CHTE5–* 9 1/8 5 5/16 2 9/16 4 7/16 1/4 18 1/4 1/2 19
14
3 14CHTE6–* 9 1/8 5 15/16 3 3/8 4 15/16 1/4 18 1/4 1/2 19
16 3 16CHTE6–* 10 5/8 6 3 7/16 5 5/16 21 1/4 5/8 29
3 18CHTE6–* 12 1/8 6 1/16 3 1/2 5 1/16 3/8 24 1/4 5/8 39
18
3 7/16 18CHTE7–* 12 1/8 6 5/8 3 3/4 5 5/8 3/8 24 1/4 5/8 39
3 20CHTE6–* 13 1/8 6 1/16 3 1/2 5 1/16 3/8 26 1/4 5/8 63
20
3 7/16 20CHTE7–* 13 1/8 6 5/8 3 3/4 5 5/8 3/8 26 1/4 5/8 63
24 3 7/16 24CHTE7–* 15 1/8 6 5/8 3 3/4 5 5/8 3/8 30 1/4 5/8 87
Outside tubular trough ends with feet are used to support end
bearing where trough support is required. Drilling for bronze
bearing or flanged ball bearing is standard.
Bolts M
D
Conveyor Shaft
Part Number B C Friction Ball Roller F H J K L M N Weight
Diameter Diameter
Bearing Bearing Bearing
4 1 4CHTEF2–* 4 4 5/8 2 1/4 1 5/8 5 3/4 1 1 5/8 1/4 8 3/8 3/8 3
6 1 1/2 6CHTEF3–* 5 1/16 5 5/8 3 1/2 2 1/8 3 3/4 8 1/8 1 1 3/4 1/4 10 1/8 3/8 3/8 5
1 1/2 9CHTEF3–* 6 5/8 7 7/8 3 1/2 2 1/8 3 3/4 9 3/8 1 1/2 2 5/8 1/4 13 1/4 1/2 3/8 10
9
2 9CHTEF4–* 6 5/8 7 7/8 4 7/16 2 1/2 3 7/8 9 3/8 1 1/2 2 5/8 1/4 13 1/4 1/2 3/8 10
1 1/2 10CHTEF3–* 7 3/8 8 7/8 3 1/2 2 1/8 3 3/4 9 1/2 1 3/4 2 7/8 1/4 14 3/4 1/2 3/8 12
10
2 10CHTEF4–* 7 3/8 8 7/8 4 7/16 2 1/2 3 7/8 9 1/2 1 3/4 2 7/8 1/4 14 3/4 1/2 3/8 12
2 12CHTEF4–* 8 1/8 9 5/8 4 7/16 2 1/2 3 7/8 12 1/4 1 5/8 2 3/4 1/4 16 1/4 5/8 1/2 22
12 2 7/16 12CHTEF5–* 8 1/8 9 5/8 5 5/16 2 9/16 4 7/16 12 1/4 1 5/8 2 3/4 1/4 16 1/4 5/8 1/2 22
3 12CHTEF6–* 8 1/8 9 5/8 5 15/16 3 3/4 4 15/16 12 1/4 1 5/8 2 3/4 1/4 16 1/4 5/8 1/2 22
2 7/16 14CHTEF5–* 9 1/8 10 7/8 5 5/16 2 9/16 4 7/16 13 1/2 1 5/8 2 7/8 1/4 18 1/4 5/8 1/2 24
14
3 14CHTEF6–* 9 1/8 10 7/8 5 15/16 3 3/8 4 15/16 13 1/2 1 5/8 2 7/8 1/4 18 1/4 5/8 1/2 24
16 3 16CHTEF6–* 10 5/8 12 6 3 7/16 5 14 7/8 2 3 1/4 5/16 21 1/4 5/8 5/8 44
3 18CHTEF6–* 12 1/8 13 3/8 6 1/16 3 1/2 5 1/16 16 2 3 1/4 3/8 24 1/4 5/8 5/8 56
18
3 7/16 18CHTEF7–* 12 1/8 13 3/8 6 5/8 3 3/4 5 5/8 16 2 3 1/4 3/8 24 1/4 5/8 5/8 56
3 20CHTEF6–* 13 1/8 15 6 1/16 3 1/2 5 1/16 19 1/4 2 1/4 3 3/4 3/8 26 1/4 3/4 5/8 92
20
3 7/16 20CHTEF7–* 13 1/8 15 6 5/8 3 3/4 5 5/8 19 1/4 2 1/4 3 3/4 3/8 26 1/4 3/4 5/8 92
24 3 7/16 24CHTEF7–* 15 1/8 18 1/8 6 5/8 3 3/4 5 5/8 20 2 1/2 4 1/8 3/8 30 1/4 3/4 5/8 134
–*BB-P Ball Bearing Plate Only For Bolt Pattern see Page H-42
–*RB-P Roller Bearing Plate Only
H-68
Saddles — Feet
Trough End Flanges
E
CC 1/4"
Bolts
BoltsNN C
Bolts
BoltsMM
KK
K
FF H
H
F H
GG JJ
Bolts M G J
Conveyor
C E F G H J K M* N
Diameter
4 4 5/8 1 7/16 5 3/4 7 3/8 1 1 5/8 3/16 3/8 3/8
6 5 5/8 1 7/16 8 1/8 10 1 1/4 2 3/16 3/8 3/8
9 7 7/8 1 3/4 9 3/8 12 1 1/2 2 5/8 3/16 1/2 3/8
10 8 7/8 1 3/4 9 1/2 12 3/8 1 3/4 2 7/8 3/16 1/2 3/8
12 9 5/8 1 3/4 12 1/4 15 1 5/8 2 3/4 1/4 5/8 1/2
14 10 7/8 2 13 1/2 16 1/2 1 5/8 2 7/8 1/4 5/8 1/2
16 12 2 14 7/8 18 2 3 1/4 1/4 5/8 5/8
18 13 3/8 2 16 19 1/8 2 3 1/4 1/4 5/8 5/8
20 15 2 1/2 19 1/4 22 3/4 2 1/4 3 3/4 1/4 3/4 5/8
24 18 1/8 2 1/2 20 24 2 1/2 4 1/4 3/4 5/8
* Holes for Bolt M Slotted
H-69
End
Bearing
Ball Bearing
Flange Unit
FLANGE UNITS
Ball Bearing
Pillow Block
PILLOW BLOCKS
Mounted on
pedestal of
outboard bearing
trough end.
Roller Bearing
Pillow Block
H-70
End
Bearings
C D
N
Bolts N
Bolts N
C G
D E
C D
Bolts N
N
C G Part
D E Bore E G N R S T U W X
Number
Bore Part Number C D E G N 1 TPB2BB 51/64 19/32 3/8 4 1/8 5 1/2 1 1/16 2 13/16 1 7/16 1 11/64
1 1/2 TEB3R 4 1/8 5 3/8 3 1/2 1 3/16 1/2 1 1/2 TPB3BB 1 11/64 7/8 1/2 5 1/2 7 1/4 1 7/8 4 1/8 2 1/8 1 21/64
2 TEB4R 4 3/8 5 5/8 3 5/8 1 3/16 1/2 2 TPB4BB 1 17/64 1 5/8 6 3/8 8 1/4 2 1/8 4 17/64 2 1/4 1 13/16
2 7/16 TEB5R 5 3/8 6 7/8 4 3/16 1 1/2 5/8 2 7/16 TPB5BB 1 15/16 1 1/16 5/8 7 3/8 9 5/8 2 3/8 5 15/32 2 3/4 1 57/64
3 TEB6R 6 7 3/4 4 11/16 1 5/8 3/4 3 TPB6BB 1 1/2 1 1/4 7/8 9 11 3/4 3 6 31/32 3 1/2 2 3/8
3 7/16 TEB7R 7 9 1/4 5 1/4 1 7/8 3/4 3 7/16 TPB7BB 1 9/16 1 11/32 7/8 11 14 3 3/8 7 7/8 4 2 23/64
Bolts N
TYPE E
Most common and economical thrust unit when a
THRUST
screw conveyor type drive is not being used.
BEARINGS
TYPE H
THRUST For heavy-duty thrust requirements.
BEARINGS
H-72
Thrust
Bearings
Thrust Washers
Thrust washers are designed for use where light thrust
loads prevail. Style A or B mounting may be used depending
on direction of thrust. This unit consists of two steel Thrust Thrust
washers separated by one bronze washer, and Style B is not
recommended for use in conveyors handling abrasive materials.
Style - A Style - B
Waste pack seals can be furnished with waste packing or in combination with lip seal.
WASTE This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing, but may be used
PACK separately on pedestal type trough ends. An opening is provided at top for repacking without
SEAL removing seal from trough end. Can be used with flanged ball, roller or other standard 4-bolt
bearings.
MARTIN Martin Super Pack Seal combines the heavy duty waste pack housing with the superior
SUPER sealing characteristics of a Super Pack Seal. Seal may also be air or grease purged for
PACK SEAL difficult sealing applications.
PRODUCT This flange type dust seal is designed for insertion between trough end and flanged ball
DROP OUT bearing. The cast iron housing is open on all four sides for exit of material that might work
SEAL past seal or lubricant from bearing.
Plate seals are the most common and economical seal. It is normally furnished with a lip
PLATE seal. This type seal is normally installed between the trough end and bearing, but may be
SEAL used separately on pedestal type trough ends. Can be used with flanged ball, roller or other
standard 4-bolt bearings.
SPLIT Split gland compression type seals provide for easy replacement and adjustment of packing
GLAND pressure on the shaft without removal of the conveyor. These seals can be installed inside or
SEAL outside the end plates.
COMPRESSION Flanged packing gland seals consist of an external housing and an internal gland which is
TYPE PACKING forced into the housing to compress the packing. This is the most positive type shaft seal
GLAND SEAL and may be used where minor pressure requirements are desired.
Air purge shaft seals are arranged for attaching to standard or special trough ends. A
AIR-PURGED constant air pressure is maintained to prevent material from escaping from the trough along
SEAL the shaft. The air purge seal is desirable for sealing highly abrasive materials. May be purged
with grease or water.
H-74
Shaft
Seals
Shaft Part H
B E Weight
Diameter Number Bolts
1 1/2 PGC3 5 1/4 4 1/2 14
2 PGC4 7 1/8 5 1/8 5/8 18
2 7/16 PGC5 7 5/8 5 5/8 5/8 21
3 PGC6 8 1/2 6 3/4 27
3 7/16 PGC7 9 1/4 6 3/4 3/4 30
*Braided rope graphite packing is standard. Other types available on request.
Shaft
Part Number C D E F G H N Weight
Diameter
1 1/2 CSS3 4 3/4 2 3/16 1 7/16 2 1/2 5 7/8 7/8 1/2 5
2 CSS4 6 1/4 2 5/8 1 1/2 2 1/2 6 1/2 7/8 1/2 10
2 7/16 CSS5 6 7/8 3 1/16 1 5/8 3 1/4 7 5/8 1 5/8 15
3 CSS6 7 1/2 3 9/16 1 5/8 3 1/4 8 5/8 1 5/8 22
3 7/16 CSS7 8 3/4 4 1/8 2 1/8 3 3/4 10 1/4 1 1/4 3/4 30
Drop-Out Seal
This flange type dust seal is
designed for insertion between
trough end and flanged bearing.
The cast iron housing is open on D = Size of Bolt
all four sides for exit of material
that might work past seal or
lubricant from bearing. Open
Plate Seal
Plate seals are the most common and
economical seal. They are furnished with a lip
seal. This type seal is normally installed between
the trough end and bearing, but may be used
separately on pedestal type trough ends. Slotted
mounting holes allow use with both ball and
roller flanged bearings.
A Part E H Bolts
B C Weight
Shaft Diameter Number (-B) (-R) (-B) (-R)
1 1/2 CSP3 5 3/8 1/2 4 4 1/8 1/2 1/2 2
2 CSP4 6 1/2 1/2 5 1/8 4 3/8 5/8 1/2 3
2 7/16 CSP5 7 3/8 1/2 5 5/8 5 3/8 5/8 5/8 4
3 CSP6 7 3/4 1/2 6 6 3/4 3/4 5
3 7/16 CSP7 9 1/4 3/4 6 3/4 7 3/4 3/4 8
H-76
Conveyor
Screws
H-78
Conveyor Screws
(Helicoid)
Length Length
H-79
Conveyor Screws
(Sectional)
Length
H-80
Conveyor Screws
(Sectional)
Length
H-81
Conveyor Screws
(Ribbon)
Length
Ribbon Conveyor Screw
H Weight
A B Size Part No. Pipe Size Flight Size Standard
Coupling Complete Screw
Conveyor Length
Screw Coupling F G Bearing Standard
Mounted Inside Outside Feet-Inches Per Foot
Diameter Diameter Thickness Width Length Length
6 1 1/2 6R312–* 2 2 3/8 3/16 1 2 9 - 10 65 6.5
9 1 1/2 9R316–* 2 2 3/8 1/4 1 1/2 2 9 - 10 100 10
10 1 1/2 10R316–* 2 2 3/8 1/4 1 1/2 2 9 - 10 110 11
2 12R416–* 2 1/2 2 7/8 1/4 2 2 11 - 10 180 15
12 2 12R424–* 2 1/2 2 7/8 3/8 2 1/2 2 11 - 10 216 19
2 7/16 12R524–* 3 3 1/2 3/8 2 1/2 3 11 - 9 240 21
2 7/16 14R516–* 3 3 1/2 1/4 2 1/2 3 11 - 9 228 19
14 2 7/16 14R524–* 3 3 1/2 3/8 2 1/2 3 11 - 9 264 22
3 14R624–* 3 1/2 4 3/8 2 1/2 3 11 - 9 288 25
3 16R616–* 3 1/2 4 1/4 2 1/2 3 11 - 9 276 24
16
3 16R624–* 3 1/2 4 3/8 2 1/2 3 11 - 9 324 28
18 3 18R624–* 3 1/2 4 3/8 3 3 11 - 9 384 33
20 3 7/16 20R724–* 4 4 1/2 3/8 3 4 11 - 8 408 35
24 3 7/16 24R724–* 4 4 1/2 3/8 3 4 11 - 8 424 36
–* R For Right Hand
–* L For Left Hand
H-82
Conveyor
Screws
R.H. Shown
Standard Flight
D
A Size B Length C Thickness H Average Weight
Pipe Size
Part No. Feet-Inches Ft.-In.
Nominal Conveyor Cap Coupling
Coupling End to End F G Standard
Screw Mounted Part Inside Outside Bearing Per Foot
Diameter of Pipe Inside Outside Length
Diameter Number Length
6HQ304–* 1/8 1/16 2 52 5
6 6HQ308–* 1 1/2 9-10 3QDC2 2 2 3/8 1/4 1/8 2 62 6
6HQ312–* 3/8 3/16 2 72 7
9HQ306–* 3/16 3/32 2 70 7
1 1/2 9-10 3QDC2 2 2 3/8
9HQ312–* 3/8 3/16 2 101 10
9 9HQ406–* 3/16 3/32 2 91 9
9HQ412–* 2 9-10 4QDC25 2 1/2 2 7/8 3/8 3/16 2 121 12
9HQ414–* 7/16 7/32 2 131 13
10HQ306–* 1 1/2 9-10 3QDC2 2 2 3/8 3/16 3/32 2 81 8
10
10HQ412–* 2 9-10 4QDC25 2 1/2 2 7/8 3/8 3/16 2 130 13
12HQ408–* 1/4 1/8 2 140 12
2 11-10 4QDC25 2 1/2 2 7/8
12HQ412–* 3/8 3/16 2 180 15
12 12HQ508–* 1/4 1/8 3 168 14
2 7/16 11-9 5QDC3 3 3 1/2
12HQ512–* 3/8 3/16 3 198 17
12HQ614–* 3 11-9 6QDC35 3 1/2 4 7/16 7/32 3 220 18
14HQ508–* 2 7/16 11-9 5QDC3 3 3 1/2 1/4 1/8 3 170 14
14
14HQ614–* 3 11-9 6QDC35 3 1/2 4 7/16 7/32 3 254 22
16HQ610–* 3 11-9 6QDC35 3 1/2 4 5/16 5/32 3 228 19
16
16HQ614–* 3 11-9 6QDC4 4 4 1/2 7/16 7/32 3 285 23.8
–* R For Right Hand
–* L For Left Hand
H-83
Conveyor
Screws
R.H. Shown
Standard Length D
A B C F H Average Weight
Size Part No. Feet-Inches Pipe Size
Nominal Conveyor Coupling
Coupling End to End Cap Flight Standard
Screw Mounted Inside Outside Bearing Per Foot
Diameter of Pipe Part Number Thickness Length
Diameter Length
6SQ307–* 12 62 6.2
6SQ309–* 10 65 6.5
6 1 1/2 9-10 3QDC2 2 2 3/8 2
6SQ312–* 3/16 75 7.5
6SQ316–* 1/4 90 8.0
9SQ307–* 12 73 7.3
9SQ309–* 10 80 8.0
1 1/2 9-10 3QDC2 2 2 3/8 2
9SQ312–* 3/16 95 9.5
9SQ316–* 1/4 120 13
9 9SQ407–* 12 90 9
9SQ409–* 10 100 10
9SQ412–* 2 9-10 4QDC25 2 1/2 2 7/8 3/16 2 115 11.5
9SQ416–* 1/4 130 13.0
9SQ424–* 3/8 160 16
10SQ309–* 1 1/2 9-10 3QDC2 2 2 3/8 10 2 85 8.5
10 10SQ412–* 3/16 120 12.0
2 9-10 4QDC25 2 1/2 2 7/8 2
10SQ416–* 1/4 135 13.5
12SQ409–* 10 140 12.0
12SQ412–* 2 11-10 4QDC25 2 1/2 2 7/8 3/16 2 156 13.0
12SQ416–* 1/4 204 17
12SQ509–* 10 160 14
12 2 7/16 11-9 5QDC3 3 3 1/2 3
12SQ512–* 3/16 178 15
12SQ612–* 3/16 191 16.5
12SQ616–* 3 11-9 6QDC35 3 1/2 4 1/4 3 216 18.0
12SQ624–* 3/8 280 24
14SQ509–* 10 185 16
2 7/16 11-9 5QDC3 3 3 1/2 3
14SQ512–* 3/16 214 18
14 14SQ612–* 3/16 222 19
14SQ616–* 3 11-9 6QDC35 3 1/2 4 1/4 3 246 21
14SQ624–* 3/8 342 29
16SQ609–* 10 210 18
16SQ612–* 3/16 234 20
16 3 11-9 6QDC35 3 1/2 4 3
16SQ616–* 1/4 282 24
16SQ624–* 3/8 365 31
18SQ612–* 3/16 246 21
18 18SQ616–* 3 11-9 6QDC35 3 1/2 4 1/4 3 294 25
18SQ624–* 3/8 425 36
20SQ612–* 3/16 300 26
3 11-9 6QDC35 3 1/2 4 3
20 20SQ616–* 1/4 360 31
20SQ724–* 3 7/16 11-8 7QDC4 4 4 1/2 3/8 4 475 40
24SQ712–* 3/16 410 37
24 24SQ716–* 3 7/16 11-8 7QDC4 4 4 1/2 1/4 4 510 43
24SQ724–* 3/8 595 50
–* R For Right Hand
–* L For Left Hand
H-84
Conveyor
Screws
Coupling Bolts
Internal Collar
End Lugs
Discharge End
Part Number
Conveyor Weight Each
Intake End Discharge End
Diameter (lb)
Standard Standard
6 6CELI–* 6CELD–* .06
9 9CELI–* 9CELD–* .15
Flow 10 9CELI–* 9CELD–* .15
12 12CELI–* 12CELD–* .2
Feed End
14 12CELI–* 12CELD–* .2
16 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .4
Internal collars are made from seamless tubing machined 18 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .4
for a press fit in the conveyor pipe. When installed at 20 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .4
the factory collars are jig drilled and plug welded into 24 16CELI–* 16CELD–* .4
the pipe. No drilling in replacement collars is furnished –* R For Right Hand
–* L For Left Hand
allowing for field drilling to match existing bolt holes.
H-85
Shaft
Coupling Shafts CC 5
Coupling Diameter
Coupling Part
2 — 1" 5 — 2 7/16"
CC — Coupling Shaft Std.* * Add suffix H if Hardened
3 — 1 1/2" 6 — 3"
CCC — Close Coupling Shaft
4 — 2" 7 —3 7/16"
CHE — Hanger End Shaft*
End shafts serve only to support the end conveyor section and are therefore
usually supplied in cold rolled steel. End shafts are jig drilled for ease
END
of assembly and close diametral tolerances are held for proper bearing
operation.
Hanger end shafts are designed to connect only one conveyor section
HANGER
to a hanger bearing. These shafts may also be used in pairs to divide an
END
excessively long conveyor assembly between two drives.
#1 No. 1 drive shafts are normally used where standard end plates are
DRIVE furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.
SPECIAL
Length, bearing location, seals and keyway location and size as required.
DRIVE
H-86
No. 1
Drive Shaft
No. 1 Drive Shaft Used With Plate or Product Drop Out Seals*
Bronze Bearing Ball Bearing
Shaft Part Shaft Part
C G H Weight C G H Weight
Diameter Number Diameter Number
1 1CD2B-P 10 4 3 2.1 1 1CD2BB-P 9 1/2 3 1/2 3 2.0
1 1/2 1CD3B-P 13 1/4 5 1/4 3 1/4 6.6 1 1/2 1CD3BB-P 12 3/8 4 3/8 3 1/4 6.2
2 1CD4B-P 15 1/4 6 1/4 4 1/2 14.1 2 1CD4BB-P 14 4 3/4 4 1/2 12.5
2 7/16 1CD5B-P 18 3/8 8 5 1/2 24.3 2 7/16 1CD5BB-P 15 7/8 5 1/2 5 1/2 21.0
3 1CD6B-P 19 5/8 8 5/8 6 38.0 3 1CD6BB-P 17 1/2 6 1/2 6 35.0
3 7/16 1CD7B-P 24 1/8 10 1/8 7 1/4 61.0 3 7/16 1CD7BB-P 21 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/4 56.5
*Consult Factory
H-87
No. 2 and No. 3
Drive Shafts
Shaft
A B
Diameter
1 1/4 1/8
1 1/2 3/8 3/16
2 1/2 1/4
2 7/16 5/8 5/16
3 3/4 3/8
3 7/16 7/8 7/16
H-88
Shafts
H-89
End
Shaft
H-90
Hangers
No. 226 hangers are designed for flush mounting inside the trough permitting
dust-tight or weather-proof operation. This type hanger allows for minimum
STYLE 226
obstruction of material flow in high capacity conveyors. Available with friction type
bearing.
No. 216 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications. This hanger is flush
mounted inside the trough permitting dust tight or weather proof operation.
STYLE 216
Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, the hanger can be
furnished with other bearings.
No. 220 hangers are designed for mount on top of the trough flanges and may be
used where dust-tight or weather proof operation is not required. This type hanger
STYLE 220
allows for minimum obstruction of material flow in high capacity conveyors.
Available with friction type bearing.
No. 230 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications where mounting on
STYLE 230 top of the trough flanges is required. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally
furnished; however, other bearings are available.
No. 316 hangers are designed for heavy duty use in conveyors where abnormal
heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and conveyor trough. Hard
STYLE 316
iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however, this hanger can be
furnished with other bearings.
No. 326 hangers are designed to permit minimum obstruction of material flow and
are used in conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between
STYLE 326
the screw and the conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally
furnished, but other type bearings are available.
H-91
Hangers
No. 60 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricated and sealed,
self aligning ball bearing which permits temperatures up to 245º F. and will allow
STYLE 60
for up to 4º shaft misalignment. This hanger is mounted on top of the trough
flanges. Grease fitting can be furnished if specified.
No. 70 hangers are furnished with a heavy duty, permanently lubricated and sealed,
self aligning ball bearing which permit temperatures up to 245º F. and will allow
STYLE 70
for up to 4º shaft misalignment. This hanger is mounted inside the trough. Grease
fittings can be furnished if specified.
No. 30 hangers are designed for side mounting within the conveyor trough on the
STYLE 30 noncarrying side and permit a minimum of obstruction of material flow. Available
with friction type bearing.
No. 216F hangers are designed for heavy duty applications and are mounted inside
STYLE 216F of flared trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however,
other bearings are available.
The No. 19B hanger is similar in construction to the No. 18B except they are
mounted on top of the trough angles. Built-in ledges provide supports for the ends
STYLE 19B of the cover. They are streamline in design and permit free passage of the material.
They are regularly furnished with Arguto oil impregnated wood, hard iron, bronze,
or other special caps can be furnished.
Air-Purged hangers are recommended when handling dusty and abrasive materials
which contribute to shutdowns and hanger bearing failures. Air-swept hangers
are available for 9"-24" conveyors. They should not be used when handling hot
materials (over 250º F) or wet sticky materials or when handling non abrasive
materials when an inexpensive hanger will do the job satisfactorily. In service,
AIR-PURGED air-purged hangers deliver relatively trouble-free operation. They help solve noise
HANGER nuisance problems, and they help reduce power requirement because of the low
coefficient of fraction. Maximum trough loading should not exceed 15%. The air, at
approximately 1-1/4 PSI enters the housing at the top, passes over and around the
bearing, and is dissipated around the coupling shaft on both sides of the housing.
Thus the bearing is protected from dust and the material in the trough at all times.
Only 3 to 7 cu. ft. of air per minute is required to keep each hanger bearing clean.
H-92
Hangers
Style 220 L
F
C
H-93
Hangers
Style 216 A
Pipe Tap
Pipe Tab1/8"
1/8"
C
H
H-94
Hangers
Style 326
No. 326 hangers are designed to permit minimum obstruction of material flow and are used in
conveyors where abnormal heat requires unequal expansion between the screw and the conveyor
trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally used, but other type bearings are available.
Conveyor Coupling Part Number
A B C D E F H K
Diameter Size Style 316* Style 326*
6 1 1/2 6CH3163 6CH3263 7 4 1/2 6 3/16 3/8 3/4 4 1/2 2
1 1/2 9CH3163 9CH3263 10 6 1/8 6 3/16 3/8 1 4 1/2 2
9
2 9CH3164 9CH3264 10 6 1/8 6 3/16 3/8 1 4 1/2 2
1 1/2 10CH3163 10CH3263 11 6 3/8 6 3/16 3/8 1 4 1/2 2
10
2 10CH3164 10CH3264 11 6 3/8 6 3/16 3/8 1 4 1/2 2
2 12CH3164 12CH3264 13 7 3/4 6 1/2 1/4 1/2 1 1/4 5 2
12 2 7/16 12CH3165 12CH3265 13 7 3/4 6 1/2 1/4 1/2 1 1/4 5 3
3 12CH3166 12CH3266 13 7 3/4 6 1/2 1/4 1/2 1 1/4 5 3
2 7/16 14CH3165 14CH3265 15 9 1/4 6 1/2 1/4 1/2 1 3/8 5 3
14
3 14CH3166 14CH3266 15 9 1/4 6 1/2 1/4 1/2 1 3/8 5 3
16 3 16CH3166 16CH3266 17 10 5/8 6 1/2 1/4 1/2 1 3/8 5 3
3 18CH3166 18CH3266 19 12 1/8 7 1/4 5/8 1 5/8 5 1/4 3
18
3 7/16 18CH3167 18CH3267 19 12 1/8 7 1/4 5/8 1 5/8 5 1/4 4
3 20CH3166 20CH3266 21 13 1/2 7 1/4 5/8 1 5/8 5 1/4 3
20
3 7/16 20CH3167 20CH3267 21 13 1/2 7 1/4 5/8 1 5/8 5 1/4 4
24 3 7/16 24CH3167 24CH3267 25 16 1/2 7 1/4 5/8 1 3/4 5 1/4 4
*Refer to Page H-99 for bearings. For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number
A
Air-Purged Hanger H
Style 30
No. 30 hangers are designed for side mounting
within the conveyor trough on the non-carrying
side and permit a minimum of obstruction of
material flow. Available with friction type bearing.
Style 216F AA CC
HH
FF Pipe Tap 1/8"
Pipe Tap 1/8"
H-96
Hangers
Style 60
No. 60 hangers are furnished with a
heavy duty, permanently lubricated
and sealed, self-aligning ball bearing M Slot
which permits temperatures up to Bolts E
245º F. and will allow for up to 4º shaft
misalignment. This hanger is mounted
on top of the trough flanges. Grease
fitting can be furnished if specified.
Conveyor Coupling Part Weight
A B C D E F H J M Slot
Diameter Size Number* Each
6 1 1/2 6CH603 9 3/4 4 1/2 4 1/2 3/16 3/8 8 3/4 1 11/16 2 7 7/16 × 11/16
1 1/2 9CH603 13 1/2 6 1/8 4 1/2 1/4 3/8 12 1/4 1 11/16 2 1/2 8 7/16 × 11/16
9
2 9CH604 13 1/2 6 1/8 4 1/2 1/4 3/8 12 1/4 1 3/4 2 1/2 9 7/16 × 11/16
1 1/2 10CH603 14 1/2 6 3/8 4 1/2 1/4 3/8 13 1/4 1 11/16 2 1/2 9 7/16 × 15/16
10
2 10CH604 14 1/2 6 3/8 4 1/2 1/4 3/8 13 1/4 1 3/4 2 1/2 10 7/16 × 15/16
2 12CH604 17 1/2 7 3/4 5 3/8 1/2 15 3/4 1 3/4 2 1/2 12 9/16 × 15/16
12 2 7/16 12CH605 17 1/2 7 3/4 5 3/8 1/2 15 3/4 1 63/64 2 1/2 20 9/16 × 15/16
3 12CH606 17 1/2 7 3/4 5 3/8 1/2 15 3/4 2 11/16 2 1/2 30 9/16 × 15/16
2 7/16 14CH605 19 1/2 9 1/4 5 1/2 1/2 17 3/4 1 63/64 2 1/2 21 9/16 × 15/16
14
3 14CH606 19 1/2 9 1/4 5 1/2 1/2 17 3/4 2 11/32 2 1/2 32 9/16 × 15/16
16 3 16CH606 21 1/2 10 5/8 5 1/2 1/2 19 3/4 2 11/32 2 1/2 35 9/16 × 15/16
18 3 18CH606 24 1/2 12 1/8 6 1/2 5/8 22 1/4 2 11/32 3 1/2 40 11/16 × 1 11/16
20 3 20CH606 26 1/2 13 1/2 6 1/2 5/8 24 1/4 2 11/32 3 1/2 45 11/16 × 1 11/16
24 3 7/16 24CH607 30 1/2 16 1/2 6 5/8 5/8 28 1/4 2 31/64 3 1/2 58 11/16 × 1 11/16
*For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number
Style 70
No. 70 hangers are furnished with a
heavy duty, permanently lubricated
and sealed, self aligning ball bearing Bolts E
M Slot
which permits temperatures up to
245º F. and will allow for up to 4º
shaft misalignment. This hanger is
mounted inside the trough. Grease
fitting can be furnished if specified.
Conveyor Coupling Part Weight
A B C D E F G H M Slot
Diameter Size Number* Each
6 1 1/2 6CH703 7 4 1/2 4 1/2 3/4 3/8 3/16 1 11/16 1 1/2 7 7/16 × 11/16
1 1/2 9CH703 10 6 1/8 4 1/2 1 3/8 1/4 1 11/16 1 3/4 8
9 7/16 × 11/16
2 9CH704 10 6 1/8 4 1/2 1 3/8 1/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 9
1 1/2 10CH703 11 6 3/8 4 1/2 1 3/8 1/4 1 11/16 1 3/4 9
10 7/16 × 11/16
2 10CH704 11 6 3/8 4 1/2 1 3/8 1/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 10
2 12CH704 13 7 3/4 5 1 1/4 1/2 3/8 1 3/4 2 1/8 12
12 2 7/16 12CH705 13 7 3/4 5 1 1/4 1/2 3/8 1 63/64 2 1/8 20 9/16 × 15/16
3 12CH706 13 7 3/4 5 1 1/4 1/2 3/8 2 11/32 2 1/8 30
2 7/16 14CH705 15 9 1/4 5 1 3/8 1/2 1/2 1 63/64 2 1/4 21
14 9/16 × 15/16
3 14CH706 15 9 1/4 5 1 3/8 1/2 1/2 2 11/32 2 1/4 32
16 3 16CH706 17 10 5/8 5 1 3/8 1/2 1/2 2 11/32 2 1/4 35 9/16 × 15/16
18 3 18CH706 19 12 1/8 6 1 1/2 5/8 1/2 2 11/32 2 1/2 40 11/16 × 13/16
20 3 20CH706 21 13 1/2 6 1 1/2 5/8 1/2 2 11/32 2 1/2 45 11/16 × 13/16
24 3 7/16 24CH707 25 16 1/2 6 1 5/8 5/8 5/8 2 11/32 2 5/8 58 11/16 Holes
*For hangers with oil pipe add –0 to part number
H-97
Hangers
Style 19B P
Size of Pipe
The No. 19-B Hanger is similar in
construction to the No. 18-B except
they are mounted on top of the
trough angles. Built-in ledges provide
supports for the ends of the cover.
They are streamlined in design and
permit free passage of the material. H
Size of Bolts
Top half is furnished with bronze
bearing. Bottom halfcan be
supplied in oil impregnated wood,
hard iron, or other special caps
may be furnished on request.
H-98
Screw Conveyor Hanger
Bearing Selection Application
Maximum Material
Styles Self Some Suggested
Bearing Material Operating FDA Comments
Available Lube Uses
Temperature (°F) Complaint
Grain, Feed,
WOOD 160° 220, 216, 19B – Yes Good general purpose.
Fertilizer
H-99
Hanger
Bearings
1 1/2 CHB2163*
216 2 CHB2164*
316 3 CHB2166*
3 7/16 CHB2167*
*H — Hard Iron *W — Wood *BR – Bronze *U — UHMW *G — Gatke *ER – Ertalyte® *C — Ceramic * ST — Stellite * UR - Urethane
*Oil hole is furnished on hard iron and bronze standard.
1 CHB2202*
226 2 CHB2204*
30 3 CHB2206*
3 7/16 CHB2207*
*H — Cast Hard Iron with oil hole *W — Wood *N — Nylatron *P – HDPE *G — Gatke *ER – Ertalyte®
*MHI — Martin Hard iron (oil impregnated) *MCB — Melamine (Furnished Less Flanges) *C – Ceramic *WN – White Nylon *WI – White Iron
*MBR — Martin Bronze (oil impregnated) *U — UHMW *UR – Urethane
1 1/2 CHB603
2 CHB604
60 Ball Bearing
2 7/16 CHB605
70 Ball Bearing
3 CHB606
3 7/16 CHB607
Note: New style bearings are available with slinger shield one side.
1 1/2 CHB18B3*
2 CHB18B4*
18B
2 7/16 CHB18B5*
19B
3 CHB18B6*
3 7/16 CHB18B7*
H-100
Trough
Covers
FLAT
Usually used only to cover conveyor for safety.
COVERS
FLARED
TROUGH Usually flanged type and heavier gauges because of span.
COVERS
Hip roof covers are similar to conventional flanged covers except they are peaked
slightly to form a ridge along the center of the cover. A welded end plate closes
HIP
the peaked section at each end of the trough while intermediate joints are usually
ROOF
buttstrap connected. Hip roof covers are usually recommended for outdoor
COVERS
installations to prevent accumulation of moisture. They are also often used in
applications where a more rigid cover is required.
SHROUD
Used to approximate tubular cross section for inclined or feeder applications.
COVERS
Domed covers are half circle domes rolled to the same inside diameter as the
trough bottom and are flanged for bolting to the trough top rails. They are used
DOMED
where venting of fumes or heat from the material being conveyed is required. End
COVERS
sections have a welded end plate and intermediate joints are buttstrap connected.
Vent pipes or suction lines can be attached to the cover.
Shrouds are used in trough sections of screw feeders to decrease the clearance
FEEDER between the cover and feeder screw to obtain proper feed regulation. Lengths are
SHROUDS sufficient to prevent flushing of the majority of materials being handled and gauges
are proportioned to trough size and gauge.
H-101
Trough
Covers
Plain Cover
All conveyor troughs should have some type of cover not only to keep material inside the trough
and to protect material in the trough from outside elements, but trough definitely should be
Semi-flanged Cover covered as a safety measure, preventing injuries by keeping workers clear of the moving parts
inside the conveyor trough. See H-122, Safety.
Flanged Cover
D L L L
5/8"
End Trough Cover —Type 1 Intermediate Trough Cover —Type 2 End Trough Cover — Type 3
Plain Cover Plain Semi-Flanged Cover Flanged Cover Hip Roof Cover
Conveyor
Part Thickness Wt. per Part Thickness Wt. Part Thickness Wt. per Part Thickness Wt. per
Diameter D D D D
Number Ga. ft. Number Ga. per ft. Number Ga. ft. Number Ga. ft.
4 4TCP16 16 1.5 8 4TCS16 16 2.1 8 1/8 4TCF16 16 1.9 8 3/8 4TCH16 16 2
* 4TCS14 14 2.6 4TCF14 14 2.4 4TCH14 14 2.5 8 3/8
6 6TCP16 16 2 9 3/4 6TCS16 16 2.3 10 1/8 6TCF16 16 2.1 10 3/8 6TCH16 16 2.3 10 3/8
* 6TCS14 14 3.8 6TCF14 14 2.6 6TCH14 14 2.8
9 9TCP14 14 3.5 13 3/8 9TCS14 14 4.1 13 3/4 9TCF16 16 3.2 14 9TCH16 16 3.3 14
9TCS12 12 5.7 9TCF14 14 3.9 9TCH14 14 4.1
9TCS10 10 7.3 9TCF12 12 5.5
* 9TCF10 10 7.1
10 10TCP14 14 3.8 14 3/8 10TCS14 14 4.4 14 3/4 10TCF16 16 3.4 15 10TCH16 16 3.5 15
10TCS12 12 6.1 10TCF14 14 4.2 10TCH14 14 4.3
10TCS10 10 7.8 10TCF12 12 5.9
* 10TCF10 10 7.6
12 12TCP14 14 4.6 17 1/2 12TCS14 14 5.1 17 1/2 12TCF14 14 4.9 18 12TCH14 14 5 18
12TCS12 12 7.1 12TCF12 12 6.9 12TCH12 12 7.1
** 12TCS10 10 9 12TCF10 10 8.8
14 14TCP14 14 5.1 19 1/2 14TCS14 14 5.6 19 1/2 14TCF14 14 5.4 19 7/8 14TCH14 14 5.5 19 7/8
14TCS12 12 7.8 14TCF12 12 7.6 14TCH12 12 7.7
** 14TCS10 10 9.9 14TCF10 10 9.7
16 16TCP14 14 5.6 21 1/2 16TCS14 14 6.1 21 1/2 16TCF14 14 5.9 21 7/8 16TCH14 14 6.1 21 7/8
16TCS12 12 8.5 16TCF12 12 8.3 16TCH12 12 8.5
** 16TCS10 10 10.8 16TCF10 10 10.6
18 18TCP12 12 8.9 24 1/2 18TCS12 12 9.6 24 1/2 18TCF14 14 6.7 25 18TCH14 14 6.8 25
18TCS10 10 12.3 18TCF12 12 9.4 18TCH12 12 9.5
** 18TCF10 10 12.1
20 20TCP12 12 9.7 26 1/2 20TCS12 12 10.3 26 1/2 20TCF14 14 7.2 27 20TCH14 14 7.4 27
20TCS10 10 13.3 20TCF12 12 10.1 20TCH12 12 10.4
** 20TCF10 10 13.1
24 24TCP12 12 11.1 30 1/2 24TCS12 12 11.8 30 1/2 24TCF14 14 8.3 31 24TCH14 14 8.4 31
24TCS10 10 15.1 24TCF12 12 11.6 24TCH12 12 11.8
** 24TCF10 10 14.9
For average applications where dust confinement is not a problem, 2'-0" centers or 10 fasteners per 10'-0" section are generally satisfactory. For commercially dust tight 1'-0" centers or 20
fasteners per 10'-0" section are suggested.
*L — Standard lengths are 5'-0" & 10'-0" **L — Standard lengths are 5', 6', 10' & 12'-0" — Standard gauge
H-102
Dust Tight
Inspection Doors
The Martin dust tight inspection door can be supplied with an expanded metal screen welded inside the opening to prevent physical
access to moving parts. These doors are available from stock in many sizes. Custom sizes can be manufactured to fit your specific
needs.
Call your local Martin Distributor for more information.
Martin Dust Tight Doors are stocked in Carbon Steel and 304SS, 316SS is available upon request. Special sizes also available
upon request.
H-103
Cover
Accessories
Spring Clamps
Spring Clamps are used to attach plain and semi-flanged covers to trough. These clamps are
normally riveted to the trough flange and will pivot to allow removal of cover.
Screw Clamps
Screw Clamps are a simple and effective means of attaching flanged or flat covers to trough.
Screw Clamps available in mild steel, stainless steel and zinc plated.
Feeder Shrouds
Shrouds are used in trough sections of screw feeders to decrease the clearance between the cover and feeder screw to obtain proper
feed regulation. Lengths are sufficient to prevent flushing of the majority of materials being handled and gauges are proportioned to
trough size and gauge.
S = Spaces at E inches
BOLTS - T
Part Number B F
Screw Shroud
A C D E L T S
Diameter U Flared Thickness U Flared U Flared
H-105
Conveyor
Shrouds
Conveyor Shrouds
Conveyor shroud covers are used to form a tubular cross section within the conveyor trough. This arrangement gives the features of a
tubular housing while allowing removal of the shroud for easy access and cleaning. Flat or flanged covers can be used over the shroud
cover when it is objectionable for the recess in the shroud to be exposed to dust or weather. Various types of shrouds are furnished to
fit various applications. These types are described below.
Type 1
Type 1 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rail and flanged ends at both ends. This type is used when shroud is full length of
trough or between hangers.
Type 2
Type 2 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rails and flanged ends on one end over trough end; other end is plain. This type shroud
is used at an inlet opening or next to a hanger at the plain end.
Type 3
Type 3 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rail and both ends closed and no flanges over ends. This type shroud is used between
hangers.
Type 4
Type 4 Shroud cover has no flanges at sides or ends. Bolt holes are provided along sides, for bolting through side of trough. This
allows flush mounting with top of trough and a cover may be used over the shroud. This shroud is used mostly for short lengths when
installed ahead of an inlet opening.
H-106
Special
Features
COVERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-108
TROUGH ENDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-109
TROUGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-110
CONVEYOR SCREWS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-113
DISCHARGES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-118
INLET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-119
Special Features
The information presented in this section gives descriptions and functions of the most commonly used special features available in the
design of conveyor systems.
These special features will greatly broaden the range of uses for screw conveyor when added to the many standard features available.
Standard features and components are always more desirable and practical in the design of a screw conveyor system; however, one or
more of these special features may sometimes be required in special applications for a workable or more efficient system.
H-107
Covers
DOME COVERS are half circle domes rolled to the same inside diameter
as the trough bottom and are flanged for bolting to the trough top
rails. They are used where venting of fumes or heat from the material
being conveyed is required. End sections have a welded end plate and
intermediate joints are buttstrap connected. Vent pipes or suction lines
can be attached to the cover.
DUST SEAL COVERS are flanged down on all four sides to match
channel sections fabricated on the sides, ends, and cross channels of
special dust seal troughs. The length of the cover should not exceed
one-half the length of the trough section.
SHELF-TYPE TROUGH ENDS are furnished with outboard bearing pedestals for mounting pillow block bearings. The bearings are
mounted away from the trough end plate allowing ample room to protect the bearing when handling abrasive or hot materials. This
arrangement allows the use of most any type shaft seal desired. Either one or two bearings can be used.
BLIND TROUGH ENDS are used on the tail end (normally the inlet end) of a conveyor, when sealing the end shaft is extremely difficult.
A hanger is used inside the trough to support the tail shaft without the shaft projecting through the trough end.
A blind trough end plate can also be furnished with a dead shaft welded to the end plate. For this type the screw is bushed with an
antifriction bearing to carry the radial load of the screw. When required, a grease fitting can be furnished through the dead shaft for
lubricating the bearing.
H-109
Troughs
*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.
H-110
Troughs
*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.
H-111
Troughs
HOLD DOWN ANGLES are used to hold the conveyor screw in the
trough when the conveyor is operated without intermediate hangers or
when chunks of material may tend to ride under the conveyor screw
and push it up. The angle is constructed of formed or regular angle iron
and is attached to one side of the full length of trough far enough above
Flo
w the conveyor screw to allow approximately one-half inch clearance
between the bottom angle and the conveyor screw.
Screw
Rotation
RIDER BARS are flat bars one to one and one-half inches in width
running part of length or full length of the trough. Two or four bars are
normally used and are spaced an equal distance apart along the curved
bottom of the trough. The bars are used to support the conveyor
screw to prevent wear on the trough when internal hanger bearings are
not used. Rider bars are sometimes referred to as Rifling Bars when
they are used to assist in conveying materials that tend to stick to the
conveyor screw and rotate with it.
SADDLE TYPE WEAR PLATES are plates curved to the contour of the
inside of the trough and of slightly less thickness than the clearance
between the conveyor screw and trough. The plates are made in
lengths of approximately one and one-half times the pitch of the
conveyor screw and are normally spaced at intervals equal to the
distance between hangers. They are used to support the conveyor
screw to prevent damage to the trough when internal hanger bearings
are not used.
*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.
H-112
Conveyor
Screws
SPLIT FLIGHT COUPLINGS permit installation or removal of individual sections of conveyor screw without disturbing adjoining
sections. When they are installed on both sides of each hanger, sections of screw can be removed without disturbing the hangers.
These must be furnished complete with matching shafts.
WEAR FLIGHTS, or wearing shoes, attached with countersunk bolts to the carrying side of conveyor screw flights are used for
handling highly abrasive materials and are easily replaceable.
QUICK DETACHABLE KEY CONVEYOR SCREW is designed for easy removal from the conveyor trough. Each section of screw is
provided with a removable key located at one end of the pipe. By removing this key, a conveyor screw section and coupling with a
hanger can be quickly removed without disturbing other components.
SHORT PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS are of regular construction except that the pitch of the flights is reduced. They are recommended
for use in inclined conveyors of 20 degrees slope and over, and are extensively used as feeder screws, and for controlling cross
sectional loading in the balance of a conveyor when short pitch is used at the inlet opening.
TAPERING FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS are frequently used as feeder screws for handling friable lumpy material from bins or hoppers
and also to draw the material uniformly from the entire length of the feed opening.
STEPPED DIAMETER CONVEYOR SCREWS consist of flights of different diameters, each with its regular pitch, mounted in tandem on
one pipe or shaft. They are frequently used as feeder screws, with the smaller diameter located under bins or hoppers to regulate the
flow of material.
STEPPED PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS are screws with succeeding single or groups of flights increasing in pitch and are used as
feeder screws to draw free-flowing materials uniformly from the entire length of the feed opening.
CONE SCREW to withdraw material evenly from a hopper or bin. Constant pitch reduces bridging. Requires less start-up horsepower.
H-114
Conveyor
Screws
DOUBLE FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS of regular pitch promote a smooth gentle flow and discharge of certain materials. Double flight
can be used at hanger points only, for smooth flow past hangers.
DOUBLE FLIGHT SHORT PITCH CONVEYOR SCREWS assure more accurate regulation of feed and flow in screw feeders and
effectively deter flushing action of fluid materials.
MULTIPLE RIBBON FLIGHT CONVEYOR SCREWS. This type of screw consists of two or more ribbon flights of different diameters and
opposite hand, mounted one within the other on the same pipe or shaft by rigid supporting lugs. Material is moved forward by one
flight and backward by the other, thereby inducing positive and thorough mixing. (Made per customer specifications.)
BREAKER PINS. The breaker pin is a rod approximately the same in length as the diameter of the conveyor screw and is inserted
through the diameter of the pipe over the discharge to help break up lump materials.
CONTINUOUS WELDING of the conveyor screw flight to the pipe can be furnished with welding one side or both sides. This welding is
added to prevent stripping of flight from the pipe under extreme loads. The continuous welding can also be added to fill the slight crack
between the flight and pipe for sanitary purposes.
H-115
Conveyor
Screws
BEARING SHOES (Nylon, Teflon, Brass, and other bearing type materials.) Bearing shoes are used in place of internal bearings and are
bolted to the conveyor screw. They are made from bearing type material, and when attached to the conveyor screw flight, the bearing
shoe projects beyond the outer edge of flighting and rotates with the screw thereby preventing metal to metal contact between the
conveyor screw and the trough. The bearing shoes extend around the helix slightly more than one pitch and are spaced along the
screw at approximately the same intervals as internal bearings.
EXTERNAL SLEEVES OR BOLT PADS are added to the outside diameter of conveyor screw pipe at the end where the couplings are
attached to reinforce the pipe at the bolt area.
KICKER BARS are flat bars projecting from the conveyor screw pipe extending to the outside diameter of the screw over the discharge
spout and are used to assist the discharge of materials.
MULTIPLE HOLE DRILLING of the conveyor screw pipe and shafts will increase the torque rating of the bolted sections.
H-116
Conveyor
Screws
OPPOSITE HAND FLIGHTS are short sections (approximately one-half pitch) of flight added to the conveyor screw beyond the
discharge point and are the opposite hand of the rest of the screw. This flight opposes the flow of material that tends to carry past the
discharge spout and pack at the end plate and forces the material back to the spout for discharge.
ODD DIAMETER CONVEYOR SCREW is of conventional construction except oversize or undersize in diameter. This type conveyor
screw is used to provide a close clearance or wide clearance between the screw and trough and enable the use of standard component
parts.
END DISC ON CONVEYOR SCREW. This disc is welded flush with the end of the conveyor screw pipe and is the same diameter as the
screw. It rotates with the conveyor screw and assists in relieving the thrust of the conveyed material against the end plate shaft seal.
CLOSE COUPLED CONVEYOR SCREW. This type screw forms a continuous helix when two or more conveyor screws are close
coupled by drilling the shaft of each to align the connecting flight.
ROTARY JOINTS FOR COOLING AND HEATING are attached to one or both end shafts to provide a flow of heating or cooling media
through the conveyor screw pipe.
H-117
Discharges
AIR OPERATED FLAT SLIDE GATES are similar in action and purpose
to rack and pinion gates. The gate movement is accomplished by an air
cylinder. These gates are usually employed when remote control and
automatic operation is desired.
H-118
Discharges
and Inlets
HAND SLIDE INLET GATES are normally used when multiple inlets are
required. These inlets must be adjusted or closed manually to assure
proper feed to the conveyor.
DEFLECTOR PLATE INLETS are used when materials fall vertically into
the inlet creating the possibility of impact damage or abrasion to the
conveyor screw. The rectangular inlet is equipped with deflector plates,
or baffles, that dampen the impact of the material in order to feed the
conveyor more gently.
H-119
Installation
& Maintenance
General
All standard screw conveyor components are manufactured in conformity with Industry Standards. Special components are usually designed
and manufactured to the particular job specifications.
Screw conveyors may be ordered either as complete units or by individual components. Complete units are normally shop assembled and
then match marked and disassembled for shipment and field re-assembly. When components only are ordered, shipment is made as ordered,
and these components must be sorted out and aligned in field assembly.
Because shop assembled screw conveyors are pre-aligned and match marked at the factory, they are easier to assemble in the field and
require the minimum installation time. When individual components are ordered, more careful alignment and assembly are required. More
time is required for field installation. Assembly bolts are not included with parts orders but are included with preassembled units.
Caution: All Martin conveyors must be assembled and maintained in accordance with this section. Failure to follow these instructions may result in
serious personal injury or property damage.
Installation
Receiving. Check all assemblies or parts with shipping papers and inspect for damage. Specifically check for dented or bent trough, bent
flanges, bent flighting, bent pipe or hangers or damaged bearings. If any components are severely damaged in shipment, claims should
be filed immediately with the carrier. NOTE: Handle Carefully! Fork lifts should have spreader bars to lift max. 24’ lengths of assembled
conveyors. Lift points should not exceed 10 - 12 feet.
Erection
For shop assembled conveyors, units are match marked and shipped in longest sections practical for shipment. Field assembly can be
accomplished by connecting match marked joints, and in accordance with packing list, and/or drawing if applicable. In field erection, the
mounting surfaces for supporting the conveyor must be level and true so there is no distortion in the conveyor. Shims or grout should be
used when required. Check for straightness as assembly is made.
For conveyor assemblies purchased as parts or merchandise, assemble as follows: Place conveyor troughs in proper sequence with inlet and
discharge spout properly located. Connect the trough flanges loosely. Do not tighten bolts. Align the trough bottom center-lines perfectly
using piano wire (or equivalent) then tighten flange bolts. Tighten all anchor bolts.
Trough Joint
Assembly of conveyor screws should always begin at the thrust end. If the unit does not require a thrust unit, assembly should begin at the
drive end. If a thrust end is designated, assemble trough end and thrust bearing. Insert the end, or drive shaft, in the end bearing. Do not
tighten set screws until conveyor assembly is completed.
Place the first screw section in the trough, slipping the end, or drive shaft, into the pipe end. Secure tightly with coupling bolts. Install so that
conveyor end lugs are opposite the carrying side of the flight.
Place a coupling shaft into the opposite end of conveyor pipe. Tighten coupling bolts.
Insert coupling shaft into hanger bearing and clamp hanger to trough.
Assemble alternately, conveyor screws, couplings and hangers until all screws are installed.
H-120
Installation
& Maintenance
1) With Hangers: Assemble screw section so that flighting at each end is approximately 180° from ends of flighting of adjacent sections.
Also, adjust conveyor screw and thrust unit so that hangers are equally spaced between adjacent screws.
2) Without Hangers: (close coupled) Assemble screws so that flighting at adjoining ends of screw sections align to produce a continuous
helix surface. (Note coupling holes have been drilled in assembly to allow for flight alignment.)
Remove hanger clamps and bolt hanger to trough with the bearing centered between conveyor screws.
Install trough covers in proper sequence. Properly locate inlet openings. Handle covers with reasonable care to avoid warping or bending.
Attach covers to trough with fasteners provided.
Install drive at proper location and in accordance with separate instructions or drawing provided.
Check screw rotation for proper direction of material travel after electrical connections have been made but before attempting to handle
material. Incorrect screw rotation can result in serious damage to the conveyor and to related conveying and drive equipment.
If necessary, reconnect electrical leads to reverse rotation of conveyor and direction of material flow.
Operation
Lubricate all bearings and drives per service instructions. Gear reducers are normally shipped without lubricant. Refer to service instructions
for lubrication.
In start-up of the conveyor, operate several hours empty as a break in period. Observe for bearing heat up, unusual noises or drive
misalignment. Should any of these occur, check the following and take necessary corrective steps. (Non-lubricated hanger bearings may
cause some noise.)
1) When anti-friction bearings are used, check for proper lubrication. Insufficient or excess lubricant will cause high operating
temperatures.
2) Misalignment of trough ends, screws, hangers and trough end can cause excessive maintenance and poor life expectancy.
3) Check assembly and mounting bolts; tighten if necessary.
Do not overload conveyor. Do not exceed conveyor speed, capacity, material density or rate of flow for which the conveyor and drive were
designed.
If the conveyor is to be inoperative for a prolonged period of time, operate conveyor until cleared of all material. This is particularly important
when the material conveyed tends to harden or become more viscous or sticky if allowed to stand for a period of time.
It may be necessary to recenter hanger bearings after running material in conveyor.
Maintenance
Practice good housekeeping. Keep the area around the conveyor and drive clean and free of obstacles to provide easy access and to avoid
interference with the function of the conveyor and drive.
Establish routine periodic inspections of the entire conveyor to ensure continuous maximum operating performance.
To replace conveyor screw section, proceed as follows:
1) Removal of a section, or sections, usually must proceed from the end opposite the drive. Make sure drive and electrical power are
disconnected before starting to disassemble.
2) Remove the trough end, sections of screws, coupling shafts and hangers until all sections have been removed or until the damaged or
worn section is reached and removed.
3) To reassemble follow the above steps in reverse order.
4) Quick detachable conveyor screws can be removed at intermediate locations without first removing adjacent sections.
Replacement parts can be identified from a copy of the original packing list or invoice.
The coupling bolt contains a lock nut that may become damaged when removed. It is recommended practice to replace them rather than re-
use them when changing conveyor screw sections.
Hazardous Operations
Screw conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to operate handling hazardous materials or in a hazardous environment.
Hazardous materials can be those that are explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel if they are not completely and
thoroughly contained in the conveyor housing. Special construction of screw and conveyor housing with gaskets and special bolted covers
can sometimes be used for handling this type of material.
Special conveyors are not made or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels.
H-121
Bucket
Elevators
Notes:
Various materials of construction and thicknesses are available.
Many types of drives are available and can be supplied. Bucket elevator styles 100, 200, 500, 700 and 800 are normally supplied
with shaft mounted reducers having internal backstops. Other types of drives are available. Mill duty and super capacity elevators are
quoted with a right angle reducer and chain drive with an external backstop.
Although the charts in this catalog are based on one type of bucket many other types are available. Nonmetallic buckets are also
available in many types of buckets but offered as standard on our 500 series elevators.
Martin recommends a backstop be installed on all bucket elevators.
H-123
Elevator
Types
Centrifugal Discharge
Centrifugal discharge elevators are offered as: Series 100 (boot take-up) and Series 200
(head take-up). Both series are available with buckets mounted to a chain or belt. The
centrifugal discharge elevators will handle free flowing materials with small to medium
lump size. The Martin standard inlet chute and curved bottom plate help direct the material
into the bucket, reducing the "digging" action of the bucket. The speed of the elevator is
sufficient to discharge the material by centrifugal force.
Continuous Discharge
Continuous discharge elevators are offered as: Series 700 (boot take-up) and Series 800
(head take-up). Either series is available with buckets continuous mounted on chain or belt
to handle many bulk materials ranging from light to heavy and from fines to larger lumps.
The buckets are loaded by direct feeding with the use of a loading leg. Spillage of material
is minimizing by the close bucket spacing. As buckets discharge, material flows over the
preceding buckets; projecting sides form a chute, assisting in proper discharge.
Centrifugal Discharge –
Mill Duty
Centrifugal mill duty elevators are offered as: series MDC with AC buckets mounted on
a chain, series MDC with buckets mounted on a chain and series mdb with AC buckets
mounted on a belt. The mill duty elevators series MDC have a single medium duty or
heavy duty rollerless elevator chain and a single row of AC type buckets. The series mdb
belt type elevators may have a single or double row of AC buckets bolted to a heavy duty
rubber covered belt. Product is centrifugally discharged as material passes over the head
wheel or pulley. A head mounted traction wheel is utilized in chain type elevators, where
practical. Lagged pulleys are standard on belt type mill duty elevators.
H-124
Standard Features of
Centrifugal & Continuous Elevators
11
10
H-125
Standard Features of
High-Speed Grain Elevator
12 9
11
10
H-126
Standard Features of
Martin Super-Capacity Elevator
3 6. Heavy steel bearing support platform ������������������ designed to distribute the load to
the head section.
7. Head section ���������������������������������������������������������� minimum 1/4" steel plate.
7 8 8. Discharge stub ������������������������������������������������������ with adjustable throat plate and
access panel.
9. Heavy-duty intermediates ������������������������������������ of a dust-tight and weather tight
construction. Internal angle rails
guide the chain.
10. Hinged inspection door.
11. Boot section ���������������������������������������������������������� 1/4" steel plate construction
minimum, supplied with an internal
loading leg
12. Bolted side & front access panels ��������������������allows access to take-up, bearings
and tail sprocket /traction wheel.
(Not shown on drawing.)
17 2
Super Capacity Elevator
Example – SC35-2412
10 Head Wheel
Elevator Type Bucket Size
Diameter
I I I
16 SC 35 2412
12 I I I
SC = Super Capacity Chain 35" 24" × 12"
15
11
14
13
H-127
Standard Features of
Martin Mill Duty Elevator
13 MDC 30 2714 A
MDC = Mill Duty Chain 30" 27" × 14"
10 Example – MDB30-1810DR
MDC 30 1810 DR
11 12 MDB = Mill Duty Belt 30" 18" × 10" DR = Double Row
H-128
Elevator
Selection
General
To properly select a bucket elevator, the following factors must be determined:
Procedure
1. Volumetric Capacity — All bucket elevators are volumetric devices with The following steps should be followed to select an elevator:
constant capacity ratings stated in cu.ft./hour, the capacity of any elevator in
tons/hour varies with density. See Table 1-1 for conversions if necessary. 1. Determine proper elevator series — See material table for recommendation.
2. Centers or Lift — in feet. 2. Select Elevator Number — For the series selected, refer to the Capacity
3. Lump Size and Lump Class — Lump size is the largest particle dimension, and chart, and select an elevator number for which the capacity in cubic feet per
lump class is the percentage these lumps represent of the whole. hour listed equals or exceeds the required volumetric capacity. If the required
volumetric capacity of centers exceed those listed, contact the Martin for a
4. Material Characteristics — See Material Classification Code Chart. recommendation.
5. Operating Conditions — Affecting operation include location (indoors, 3. Check Lump Size/Lump Class — Check actual lump size/lump class against
outdoors), number of hours per day operation, etc.
that listed for the elevator number selected. If the actual lump size/lump class
is larger than that listed, choose a larger elevator where the actual is equal to or
To Convert To Cubic Feet per Hour (CF of FT3/HR) less than that listed.
Tons per hour (short) TPH × 2000 4. Determine Horsepower Requirements — Consult Martin.
CFH =
TPH Density (in pounds per cubic foot; PCF or LBS/FT3) 5. List Specifications — Refer to capacity, horsepower and dimension charts
for the elevator number selected. List the specifications for the preliminary
Pounds per hour Pounds per hour
CFH = selection of the elevator.
Lbs/hour Density (in pounds per cubic foot; PCF or LBS/FT3)
Contact your local Martin Service Center or Martin, distributor for a
Bushels per hour
BPH
CFH = BPH × 1.24 recommendation.
H-130
Centrifugal Discharge
Chain
Buckets
Capacities and horsepower listed are for style "AA" buckets. Style "A", "AA-RB" and "Salem" can be
furnished. Style "C" may also be used to handle wet or sticky materials. Consult the factory for a specific
recommendation.
Chain
Centrifugal discharge chain type elevators are furnished with either combination chain for light to medium
service or all steel (steel knuckle) chain for medium to severe service or when a higher chain working load
is required.
Nominal
Capacity Buckets Chain Lump Size Head Sprocket Boot Sprocket
Casing Size
Elevator
Max # Pitch # Pitch Shaft
Width Proj. Depth Spacing Number Pitch F.P.M. 100% 10% Width Depth RPM
CFH Teeth Dia. Teeth Dia. Dia.
C43-108 73 4 2.75 3 9.25 977 2.380 125 .5 1 8 18 10 7.50 63.7 10 7.5 1.500
C64-121 250 6 4 4.25 16 N102B 4.000 250 .5 3 11.75 39 16 20.50 39.4 14 18 1.500
C85-121 530 8 5 5.5 16 HSB102B 4.000 225 .75 3 11.75 39 16 20.50 41.9 10 13 1.500
C85-124 590 8 5 5.5 16 HSB102B 4.000 250 1 3.5 13.75 42 19 24.25 39.4 14 18 2.000
C106-124 1010 10 6 6.25 16 N102B 4.000 250 1.25 3.5 13.75 48 19 24.25 39.4 16 20.5 2.000
C127-125 1425 12 7 7.25 18 HSB110 6.000 250 1.25 4 15.75 48 13 25.00 38.2 9 17.5 2.438
C127-131 1765 12 7 7.25 16 N102B 4.000 275 1.25 4 17.75 54 24 30.50 34.4 19 24.25 2.438
C147-131 2135 14 7 7.25 16 N102B 4.000 275 1.25 4 19.75 54 24 30.50 34.4 19 24.25 2.438
C168-131 2800 16 8 8.5 18 HSB110 6.000 275 1.5 4.5 19.75 54 16 30.75 34.2 11 21.25 2.438
C188-131 3220 18 8 8.5 18 HSB110 6.000 275 1.5 4.5 24.75 54 16 30.75 34.2 11 21.25 2.438
C208-131 3460 20 8 8.5 18 HSB110 6.000 275 1.5 4.5 24.75 54 16 30.75 34.2 11 21.25 2.438
C248-131 4700 24 8 8.5 18 HSB833 6.000 275 1.5 4.5 30.75 54 16 30.75 34.2 11 21.25 3.000
C2410-131 6520 24 10 10.5 18 HSB833 6.000 275 2 4.5 30.75 54 16 30.75 34.2 11 21.25 3.000
All Dimensions in inches.
Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load.
Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.
Other chain may be substituted based on chain pull requirements.
H-131
Centrifugal Discharge
Belt
Buckets
Capacities listed are for style "AA" buckets. Style "A", "AA-RB" and "Salem" can be furnished. Style "C" may
also be used to handle wet or sticky materials. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation.
Belt
Centrifugal discharge belt type elevators are typically furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting
or rubber covered ply belts specifically designed for elevator service. Many other types of belts and covers
are available.
Nominal
Capacity Buckets Belt Lump Size Head Pulley Boot Pulley
Casing Size
Elevator
Max Pitch Pitch Shaft
Width Proj. Depth Spacing Width F.P.M. 100% 10% Width Depth RPM
CFH Dia. Dia. Dia.
B43-108 95 4 2.75 3 8 5 140 .25 1 8 18 8 62.9 8 1.500
B64-124 325 6 4 4.25 13 7 260 .5 2.5 11.75 39 24 40.5 24 1.500
B85-120 540 8 5 5.5 16 9 230 .75 2.5 11.75 39 20 42.9 20 1.500
B85-124 590 8 5 5.5 16 9 250 .75 3 13.75 42 24 39 24 2.000
B106-124 1010 10 6 6.25 16 11 250 1 3 15.75 48 24 39 24 2.000
B127-124 1425 12 7 7.25 18 13 250 1.25 4 17.75 48 24 39 24 2.438
B127-130 1600 12 7 7.25 18 13 280 1.25 4 17.75 54 30 35.1 30 2.438
B147-130 1930 14 7 7.25 18 15 280 1.25 4 19.75 54 30 35.1 30 2.438
B168-130 2860 16 8 8.5 18 17 280 1.5 4.5 22.75 54 30 35.1 30 2.438
B188-130 3280 18 8 8.5 18 19 280 1.5 4.5 24.75 54 30 35.1 30 2.438
B208-130 3530 20 8 8.5 18 21 280 1.5 4.5 26.75 54 30 35.1 30 2.438
B127-142S 4490 24 8 8.5 16 24 350 1.25 4 28 66 42 35.1 42 3.000
B2410-130 6640 24 10 10.5 18 25 280 1.5 4.5 30.75 60 30 35.1 30 3.000
All Dimensions in inches.
Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load.
Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.
H-132
Continuous Discharge
Chain
Buckets
Capacities listed are for a medium-front, non-overlapping style fabricated steel bucket. High front style
buckets are available. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation.
Chain
Continuous discharge chain type elevators are furnished with combination chain for mild to moderate
service or all steel (steel knuckle) chain for moderate to severe service or when a higher chain working
load is required.
Nominal
Capacity Buckets Chain Lump Size Head Sprocket Boot Sprocket
Casing Size
Elevator
Max # Pitch # Pitch Shaft
Width Proj. Depth Spacing Number Pitch F.P.M. 100% 10% Width Depth RPM
CFH Teeth Dia. Teeth Dia. Dia.
C85-721 570 8 5 7.75 8 HSB102B 4.000 120 .75 2.5 11.75 39 16 20.5 22.4 11 20.5 1.50
C105-721 730 10 5 7.75 8 HSB102B 4.000 120 .75 2.5 13.75 39 16 20.5 22.4 11 20.5 2.000
C107-725 1010 10 7 11 5/8 12 HSB110 6.000 125 1 3 13.75 48 13 25 19.1 10 25 2.000
C127-725 1230 12 7 11 5/8 12 HSB110 6.000 125 1 3 15.75 48 13 25 19.1 10 25 2.438
C147-725 1425 14 7 11 5/8 12 HSB110 6.000 125 1 3 17.75 48 13 25 19.1 10 25 2.438
C128-725 1550 12 8 11 5/8 12 HSB110 6.000 125 1.25 4 15.75 48 13 25 19.1 9 25 2.438
C148-725 1828 14 8 11 5/8 12 HSB110 6.000 125 1.25 4 17.75 48 13 25 19.1 9 25 2.438
C168-725 2110 16 8 11 5/8 12 HSB110 6.000 125 1.5 4.5 19.75 48 13 25 19.1 9 25 2.438
C188-725 2365 18 8 11 5/8 12 HSB110 6.000 125 1.5 4.5 22.75 48 13 25 19.1 9 25 2.438
C208-725 2800 20 8 11 5/8 12 HSB833 6.000 125 1.5 4.5 24.75 48 13 25 19.1 9 25 2.438
C248-725 3400 24 8 11 5/8 12 HSB833 6.000 125 1.5 4.5 28.75 48 13 25 19.1 9 25 3.000
C2010-725 3900 20 10 11 5/8 12 HSB833 6.000 125 2 4.5 24.75 54 13 25 19.1 9 25 3.000
C2410-725 4670 24 10 11 5/8 12 HSB833 6.000 125 2 4.5 28.75 54 13 25 19.1 9 25 3.000
All Dimensions in inches.
Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load.
Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.
Other chain may be substituted based on chain pull requirements.
H-133
Continuous Discharge
Belt
Buckets
Capacities listed are for a medium front, non-overlapping style fabricated steel bucket. High front style
buckets are available. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation.
Belt
Continuous discharge belt type elevators are typically furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting
or rubber covered ply belts specifically designed for elevator service. Many other types of belt and covers
are available.
Nominal
Capacity Buckets Belt Lump Size Head Pulley Boot Pulley
Casing Size
Elevator
Max Pitch Pitch Shaft
Width Proj. Depth Spacing Width F.P.M. 100% 10% Width Depth RPM
CFH Dia. Dia. Dia.
B85-720 760 8 5 7.75 8 8 160 .75 2.5 11.75 39 20.00 29.8 14 1.500
B105-720 975 10 5 7.75 8 11 160 .75 2.5 13.75 39 20.00 29.8 16 2.000
B107-724 1300 10 7 11.625 12 11 160 1 3 13.75 48 24.00 24.9 20 2.000
B127-724 1570 12 7 11.625 12 13 160 .75 3 15.75 48 24.00 24.9 20 2.438
B147-724 1825 14 7 11.625 12 15 160 1 3 17.75 48 24.00 24.9 20 2.438
B128-724 1980 12 8 11.625 12 13 160 1.25 4 15.75 48 24.00 24.9 20 2.438
B148-724 2340 14 8 11.625 12 15 160 1.25 4 17.75 48 24.00 24.9 20 2.438
B168-724 2700 16 8 11.625 12 17 160 1.25 4.5 19.75 48 24.00 24.9 20 2.438
B188-724 3025 18 8 11.625 12 19 160 1.5 4.5 22.75 48 24.00 24.9 20 2.438
B208-724 3560 20 8 11.625 12 21 160 1.5 4.5 24.75 48 24.00 24.9 20 2.438
B248-724 4320 24 8 11.625 12 25 160 1.5 4.5 26.75 48 24.00 24.9 20 3.000
B2010-724 4970 20 10 11.625 12 21 160 1.5 4.5 24.75 54 24.00 24.9 20 3.000
B2410-724 5975 24 10 11.625 12 25 160 1.5 4.5 28.75 60 24.00 24.9 20 3.000
All Dimensions in inches.
Max. CFH capacity is at 75% bucket load.
Consult Martin for head shaft size and horsepower requirements.
H-134
High-Speed Grain
Centrifugal Discharge
Buckets
Capacities and horsepower listed are for style "HD-MAX" buckets. Other style
and materials of construction can be supplied. Consult factory for a specific
recommendation.
Belt
Centrifugal discharge High-Speed Grain elevators are supplied with 100% polyester
carcass PVC belting or rubber covered belts specially designed for elevator service.
Many other types of belts and covers are available
Capacity
Buckets Standard Duty Plastic
No. C.F.H. At Speed Head Boot
Part Pulley
Bucket @ "Y-Y +5 Belt Width Pulley Pulley
Number Width
Rows Deg." Max. @ "Y - Y" Belt RPM H.S. Typical
Width Proj. Spacing Diam. Diam.
(W.L.) RPM Style
Useable
B64-508 * 1 782 697 265 119 HD-MAX 6.250 4.500 7 7 7 8 8
B65-512A 1 1,079 980 350 107 HD-MAX 6.250 5.625 10 7 8 12 12
B65-512B 1 1,541 1,400 350 107 HD-MAX 6.250 5.625 7 7 8 12 12
B95-518A 1 1,853 1,640 440 90 HD-MAX 9.375 5.625 12 10 11 18 18
B95-518B 1 2,470 2,187 440 90 HD-MAX 9.375 5.625 9 10 11 18 18
B95-518C 1 3,176 2,812 440 90 HD-MAX 9.375 5.625 7 10 11 18 18
B96-524 1 3,974 3,600 460 70 HD-MAX 9.375 6.625 8 10 11 24 24
B96-530 1 4,406 3,991 510 63 HD-MAX 9.375 6.625 8 10 11 30 30
B106-530 1 4,931 4,534 510 63 HD-MAX 10.375 6.625 8 11 12 30 30
B136-530 1 6,388 5,864 510 63 HD-MAX 13.375 6.625 8 14 15 30 30
B127-536 1 8,879 8,123 600 62 HD-MAX 12.500 7.750 9 13 15 36 36
B147-536 1 10,747 9,900 600 62 HD-MAX 14.500 7.750 9 15 16 36 36
B167-536 1 12,000 11,289 600 62 HD-MAX 16.500 7.750 9 17 19 36 36
B168-542 1 14,751 13,798 620 55 HD-MAX 16.500 8.750 10 17 19 42 42
B188-542 1 16,740 15,764 620 55 HD-MAX 18.500 8.750 10 20 22 42 42
B2108-548 2 20,648 19,164 700 55 HD-MAX 10.500 8.750 10 22 24 48 48
B2138-548 2 26,412 23,706 700 55 HD-MAX 13.500 8.750 10 28 30 48 48
B2168-548 2 33,314 31,681 700 55 HD-MAX 16.500 8.750 10 34 36 48 48
B2188-548 2 37,800 35,595 700 55 HD-MAX 18.500 8.750 10 38 40 48 48
B3168-548 3 49,971 47,521 700 55 HD-MAX 16.500 8.750 10 50 52 48 48
B4158-548 4 63,222 59,652 700 55 HD-MAX 15.500 8.750 10 62 64 48 48
B4188-548 4 75,600 71,190 700 55 HD-MAX 18.500 8.750 10 74 76 48 48
* Single Leg Intermediate Casing: 50' maximum height.
Head shaft diameter to be determined by customer's application and specifications.
Plastic buckets are available as Nylon, HDP or Urethane. Steel is available on special request.
H-135
Super Capacity
Continuous Discharge Chain
H-136
Mill Duty
Centrifugal Discharge Chain
H-137
Mill Duty
Centrifugal Discharge Belt
H-138
Dimensions of
Standard Elevators
Y Z As Required
D-1
U R
Lift DH
K
G
H
F
M M
L L
H-139
Dimensions of
High-Speed Grain Elevators
H-140
Dimensions of
Super Capacity & Mill Duty Elevator
Y Y
2½"
E
S
H F
5"
Shaft
DH Centers
Lift
10' 0"
N
1' 0"
I Take-Up
J J K 1½"
6½" 6½"
H-141
Dimensions of
Super Capacity & Mill Duty Elevator
H-142
Head Service Platforms
Series 100 thru 800
2'-4" G
Martin head section service platforms consist of: Typ.
Casing Size
C D E F G H
A B
11.75" 39"
13.75" 39" 8' - 0" 11' - 9"
13.75" 42"
15.75" 48"
17.75" 48"
19.75" 48" 8' - 0" 11' - 9"
22.75" 48"
24.75" 48" A + 2.5" A + 12.75" A + .5" B + .5"
17.75" 54"
19.75" 54"
10' - 0" 11' - 9"
22.75" 54"
24.75" 54"
26.75" 54"
28.75" 48" 10' - 0" 12' - 0"
30.75" 54"
Dimensions shown in the above table are for standard platforms only.
Platforms for elevators having large shafts, bearings, backstops or uselessly large drives will need to be designed and are
made-to-order.
Note: Dimensions are subject to change and not for construction.
Casing Thickness: Casing thickness will vary with casing size and application.
H-143
Buckets
For more than 50 years, Martin has specialized in bucket elevators and other material handling solutions. Martin elevator buckets
may be fabricated from many readily available materials such as mild steel or, stainless steel. They may also be cast in ductile iron or
produced from a variety of non-metallic materials such as nylon, uhmw, polyurethane, or urethane. Whether you have a centrifugal
elevator, continuous elevator, super capacity elevator, or a high speed grain elevator, we can provide the right bucket, at the right price,
right when you need it.
• They resist flexing and bending under load. • Good abrasion and impact resistance.
• They have much greater heat resistance. • Typically used as "digger buckets" to loosen
material in the bottom of a bucket elevator.
• Resistant to damage from extremely sharp materials
• Digger buckets are frequently spaced at uniform
• Fabricated metallic buckets are versatile, easy intervals between standard buckets. They have
to modify for specific applications. larger overall dimensions than standard buckets
» A double thick front lip may be added for longer and help loosen material in the boot section and
life when scooping or digging material. clear the way for the standard buckets.
» Available in wide range of long-lasting • Ductile iron has good general corrosion and rust resistance.
materials including abrasion resistant front
plate and corrosion resistant alloys. What items are commonly purchased with buckets?
» Hard surfacing such as tungsten carbide or chromium • Belt installations:
carbide may be applied to wear faces and edges. » Saber-tooth norway bolts with
» Vent holes and mounting holes may be fender washer and lock nut.
precut into the body before forming. » Belt splice kit to bind the ends of the belt.
• Martin fabricated buckets are typically laser cut and » Belt punch to produce holes for
continuously welded for precision, strength, and durability. mounting the belt splices.
• Fabricated metallic buckets are lighter weight than cast • Chain installations:
ductile iron, which may allow use of less expensive drive
units and lighter components, lowering overall cost. » Hex head assembly bolts with double
flat washer and hex nut.
Why a molded non-metallic bucket?
• Light weight
• Lower initial cost
• Flexible body, good for sticky products or
material that may tend to pack.
• Abrasion and corrosion resistant varieties available.
H-144
Nomenclature
WATER LEVEL
X X WATER LEVEL
Depth X X Depth
Y
Y
30°
AA – 8 5 5 – 10 – B6 –
Type Length Projection Depth Thickness Punching Material
• Continuous – MF, HF, SC • Chain Punching – Chain and attachment (ex. R110K2)
SS = 304 Stainless
Thickness – Only for metal buckets. Do not call out S6 = 316 Stainless
thickness on plastic buckets.
NY = Nylon
• Sheet metal gauge – 16, 14, 12, 10
UR = Urethane
• Sheet metal plate
Poly = Polyurethane
» 3/16" = 7
DI = Ductile Iron
» 1/4" = 3
H-145
Style AA
Centrifugal
Typical Applications:
• Sand • Fertilizer • Other Similar
• Rock • Clay Granular
• Aggregate • Salt Material
• Stone • Coal
Projection Length
Y
WATER LEVEL
X X
Depth
Y
Typical Applications:
• Asphalt • Shale • Coal
• Aggregate • Cement • Other Similar
• Ore • Clinker Material
Projection
Y Length
X WATER LEVEL X
Depth
Y
50°
Some common materials of construction are mild steel, stainless steel and
AR plate
Typical Applications:
• Sugar • Clay • Similar Products
• Salt • Powders
• Wet Grains • Chemicals
X Projection
Length
Depth Mounting
Angled
Holes
Sides
(Reference Only)
Angled
X Sides
Typical Applications:
• Gypsum • Salt • Other Similar
• Cement • Sand Granular
• Pellets • Aggregate Material
• Grain • Fertilizer
Projection Length
Y
WATER LEVEL
X X Depth
Y
30°
Some common materials of construction are mild steel, stainless steel and
AR plate.
Typical Applications:
• Gypsum • Salt • Other Similar
• Cement • Sand Granular
• Pellets • Aggregate Material
• Grain • Fertilizer
Projection Length
Y
WATER LEVEL X
X
Y
Depth
45°
Typical Applications:
• Gypsum • Clay • Other Similar
• Cement • Salt Material
• Sand • Coal
• Fertilizers • Rocks
A Projection
Length
Y
WATER LEVEL
X X
Y
Depth
Mounting Holes
(Reference Only)
B1 B2 B3 B4
B A A A A A B A A B A A A B A A A A
B5 B6 B7 B8
1'-8"
Salem and Other Similar Centers
Bucket Light Buckets
Length 2"
Punch A B Bolt Dia. 4½"
6 B-1 4 3/8 5/8 1/4 5"
8 B-2 3 1/16 7/8 1/4 - 5/16 5"
10 B-2 4 1/8 7/8 1/4 - 5/16 1'-7"
5"
Belt Width
12 B-3 3 3/8 7/8 1/4 - 5/16 5" B7
14 B-4 3 7/8 1/4 - 5/16 Punching for
5" 5
∕16" Bolts
16 B-5 2 7/8 7/8 1/4 - 5/16 4½"
18 — — — — 2"
1"
Centrifugal Bucket Continuous Bucket
Belt Punching Patterns Belt Punching Patterns
Bucket
Style AA & C
Bucket
Style LF & MF "P" to "B" Belt Punching
** **
Size Punch A (In) B (In) Bolts
Size Punch A (In) B (In) Bolts Pattern Interchange Guide
4X3 B1 2 5/16 1 1/4 8X5X7 B6 3 3 3/8 1/4 "P" Callout "B" Callout
6X4 B1 4 3/8 1 1/4 8X5X8 B6 3 3 3/4 1/4 P1 B1
8X4 B6 3 1 1/4 10 X 5 X 7 B6 3 1/2 3 3/8 5/16 P2 B2
8X5 B6 3 1 1/4 10 X 7 X 11 B6 3 1/2 5 5/16 5/16 P3 B3
10 X 5 B6 3 1/2 1 5/16 12 X 7 X 11 B6 4 1/2 5 5/16 5/16 P4 B4
10 X 6 B6 3 1/2 1 5/16 12 X 8 X 11 B6 4 1/2 5 5/16 5/16 P5 B5
12 X 5 B6 4 1/2 1 5/16 14 X 7 X 11 B7 4 5 5/16 5/16 P7 B6
12 X 7 B6 4 1/2 1 5/16 14 X 8 X 11 B7 4 5 5/16 5/16 P8 B7
14 X 7 B7 4 1 5/16 16 X 8 X 11 B7 4 1/2 5 5/16 5/16 P9 B8
14 X 8 B7 4 1 5/16 18 X 8 X 11 B7 5 5 5/16 5/16
16 X 7 B7 4 1/2 1 5/16 20 X 8 X 11 B8 4 5 5/16 5/16
16 X 8 B7 4 1/2 1 5/16 24 X 10 X 11 B8 5 5 5/16 5/16
18 X 8 B7 5 1 5/16 * For bucket sizes or punching patterns
20 X 10 B8 4 1 5/16 not listed, contact Martin.
* For belt punching drawings call out pattern and bolt size.
24 X 10 B8 5 1 5/16 ** Bolt clearance hole diameter on metal fabricated
buckets to be 1/16" larger than bolt size.
Bucket Punching – Chain
C E Bolt Dia. C
Bucket High-Speed Grain Chain Attachment B C D E
A Size Punch A B C Number Number
B B
7×5 B2 2 11/16 1 3/4 1/4 C-977 K-1 — 3 —
9×5
D
B2 3 5/8 1 3/4 1/4 C-188 K-2 1 1/4 4 3/16 2 3/4
9×6 B2 3 5/8 2 1/4 C-102B K-2 1 3/4 5 5/16 2
E Bolt Dia. C
11 × 6 B3 3 2 1/4 C-110 K-2 1 3/4 5 5/16 3 3/8 3/8
B 12 × 6 B3 3 3/8 2 1/4 C-111 K-2 2 5/16 6 1/4 2 1/8
14 × 7 B4 3 2 5/16 SS-102B K-2 1 3/4 5 5/16 2
D
Consult Martin for AC and SC Bucket Punching. SS-110 K-2 1 3/4 5 5/16 3 3/8
H-152
Engineering Class Sprockets
and Traction Wheels
Segmented Traction Wheel Rims (Available Cast) Bodies (Without Bolts) – Solid – Steel
Rex Jeffrey Webster Outside Use Face Outside Length Thru
Weight Body # Bore Range
Chain # Chain # Chain # Diameter Body # Width Diameter Bore
S102B 6102R HSB102B 24 16 1.75 115 MUS16 18.5 1.94 to 8.44 3.25 to 8
S110 6110R HSB110 24 16 1.75 115 MUS20 22.5 1.94 to 9.94 5 to 9.5
S111 6111M HSB111 22 16 2.25 125 MUS25 27.5 1.94 to 8.44 5.5 to 11
HSB833 24 16 2.25 125 MUS35 38.0 1.94 to 8.44 5.50 to 11
ELEVATOR BOLTS ELEVATOR BELT SPLICE KITS ASSEMBLY HARDWARE CUSTOM SHAFTING
H-154
Calculations and
Required Information
CONVENIENT CONVERSIONS
Cubic Inches to Cubic Feet Divide By 1,728
Cubic Inches to Bushels Divide By 2,150
Cubic Inches to Cubic Meters Divide By 61,023.74
Boot Pounds to Short Tons Divide By 2,000
Pulley
Diameter Pounds to Metric Tons Divide By 2,204.62
π = 3.1416
Projection
Depth Length
H-155
Drag
Conveyors
H-156
Drag
Conveyors
Martin has a long history of designing and manufacturing drag Our l path line of drags was designed to handle materials at
conveyors dating back more than 60 years to the Fort Worth inclines greater than 20 degrees up to and including vertical. The
Steel’s "incline drag flight elevator". L-path drag has also been redesigned using abrasive resistant
Currently we offer a broad line of standard and made-to-order steel liners and flights as well as a forged type chain to convey
drag conveyors to meet our customer’s conveying requirements, more abrasive products.
be it conveying grains or heavy abrasive materials. We To assure the quality of our drags, Martin has invested in
have handled these materials in the horizontal, inclined and the latest cutting, forming and welding equipment, such as
vertical planes. Martin is ready and willing to help design and laser cutting equipment, high definition plasmas, CNC angle
manufacture the drag you need for your special application. punches, CNC machining equipment as well as robotics. We also
Martin offers flat bottom and round bottom drags for conveying manufacture our own sprockets, our own take-ups and line of
relatively free flowing non- abrasive materials in a horizontal or inspection doors.
slight incline. To assure the best service and availability in the industry, Martin
Our mill duty drag conveyors were developed to handle abrasive is able to manufacture our drag conveyors in nine locations
and potentially hot materials by combining the features of our flat throughout north America.
bottom and super duty drags with a very heavy duty construction. We are always driven to provide the highest quality service,
We have designed and manufactured submerged drags to handle products and value to our customer without compromising
ash from boilers and industrial incinerators. safety.
Martin Round
Non Abrasive 2000 CFH to 30000 CFH 20' to 200' 0 to 20 degrees Welded Steel Non-metallic 100 to 200 FPM
Bottom (MRB™)
In all the above type drags the material should be relatively free flowing and not sticky.
Particle shape and particle size is also critical to a drags proper operation.
• The above recommendations are general in nature and specific to applications should be directed to Martin.
H-157
Flat Bottom
Drag Conveyor
Standard Features
• Bolted replaceable bottom
• Bolted flanged cover
• UHMW flights
• Heat treated sprockets
• Rail return system
• Flow thru inlet
• Heavy-duty backing plate
Popular Options
• Intermediate discharges
(reduce bed depth to assure proper discharge.)
• Liners of metallic and non metallic materials
• Abrasive resistant steel bottom plates
• Feed control inlets
• Split sprockets
• Stainless steel construction
• Self-cleaning & adjustable tail sections
Self-Cleaning and Adjustable Tail Section
H-158
Flat Bottom
Drag Conveyor
Chains
MMD Mill Duty Head with Martin Slack Side Tension Idler Sprocket
Standard Features
• Bolted replaceable bottom
• Bolted heavy flanged cover
• 142 Forged chain
• Heavy duty steel backing plates
• Non-metallic or abrasion resistant steel flights
• Heat treated split sprockets
• Center support rail return system
with ar steel wear strips
• Replaceable side liners of various materials
• Flow thru inlet
• Special head section with pillow block bearings Center Support Rail Return System with AR steel Wear Strips for MMD Drag
• Heavy duty tails section with
MHD take-ups and pillow block bearings
Feed Control Inlet and Spring Take-up on Martin MMD Drag Feed Control Inlet and Spring Take-up
on Martin MMD Drag
Standard Features
• Seven piece intermediate housing
• Welded steel chain
• Uhmw flights
• Martin ht and split sprockets
• Pillow block bearings
• Martin MHD take-ups
0º to 45º
MLP Drag
MLP Drag ready to ship MMD Special L-Path Drag with Slack Accommodating Bend
H-163
Round Bottom
Drag Conveyor
Standard Features
• Bolted flanged covers
• Welded steel chain
• Jig welded attachments
• UHMW flights with heavy duty backing plate
• Dust tight form flanged trough
• Heat treated sprockets
• Rail return system
• Flow thru inlet
Popular Options
• By-pass inlets
• Hip roof covers
• Self-cleaning tail
• Intermediate discharges
• Idler return system
• Abrasive resistant steel return wear strip
• Split sprockets
Assembly
Return Rails proper location of the chain so that future adjustments are easily
determined. By looking through the inspection panel you can see
Assure all return rails are adjusted so they match up evenly at the
if the chain needs adjusted or links removed. With an L-path drag
joints; be sure to grind any burrs off the rail joints. The vertical
of more than 30 degrees incline you control the tension from
alignment of the rails is most critical on drags having outboard
the tail to the lower bend with the take-up; gravity takes care of
return rails.
tension on the incline section.
Tightening the Chain On the super duty drag the take-up adjustment is made at the
Tightening the chain on initial startup may require the removal slack side tension idler sprocket in the head and at the tail. You
of several links of chain. On drags with welded steel chain there adjust the take-ups till there is slight sag of the chain coming
will be a 10’ section of cottered chain marked at the factory by off the slack side tension idler sprocket, located in the head. The
contrasting spray paint. Do not over tighten the chain; always chain at the tail should be snug but not tight. The chain should be
remember that the take-up control’s the chain tension on the smoothly disengaging the head sprocket. Mark the location of the
return strand. The carrying strand is naturally in tension. chain when it is properly tensioned on the side of the transition
Chain tension is one of the most import aspects of maintaining cover at the inspection panel near the head, making future
your drag. Never over tighten the drag chain. The tension should adjustments easier.
be tightened till the chain is pulled or stripped from the head The flat bottom and round bottom drags chain tension
sprocket but no tighter. Slack side tension can be helped by the adjustment is done at the tail by tensioning the chain till it is snug
use of mechanical devices such as an slack side tension idler but not tight, you should be able to lift the chain when the drag
sprocket or stripper rail. is not running. Observe proper lockout and tag out procedures
An under tightened chain will want to stay engaged with the head when maintaining the drag conveyor. With the chain running
sprocket tooth and rap around the head sprocket. A catastrophic confirm that the chain is disengaging the head sprocket smoothly.
failure can be the result of an under tensioned chain. Regular The mill duty drag’s chain tension is either adjusted like a flat
chain inspection is important especially during the initial start-up bottom drag or a super duty drag depending on the type of head
period, make take-up adjustments as needed. section your drag is furnished with.
On L-path drags the best place to watch and adjust the tension Sprocket Alignment
is at the bottom bend section and at the tail sprocket. The slack
Assure that the sprocket is located in the center of the head
accommodating lower bend is an especially convenient way to
and tail sections. Also check that all set screw or set collars are
look at and determine the optimum tension. Adjust tension till
correctly tightened. Assure the sprockets are in alignment with
the chain is several inches off the divider plate and moves up and
each other, a laser is a useful tool to check sprocket alignment.
down as it runs. The chain movement is a result of chordal action
caused by the sprocket (much more noticeable with sprockets Lubrication
having less than 12 teeth). The chain should move freely but Assure that all bearings are properly lubricated with the
should not hit the divider plate. The chain should be snug but manufacture's specified lubricant.
not tight at the tail. The chain should disengage smoothly from
the head sprocket. Once the drag is running to your satisfaction, Assure all drives have the correct and adequate oil.
mark on the side of the sa bend near the inspection panel the
H-165
Drag Conveyor
Maintenance Tips
Wide face drag sprockets are available in QD, or • Adjustable hub sprockets
MST style — induction heat treat available. • Chill rim sprockets
Type 4
Superscrew Elevator
*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please
follow manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.
H-168
Screw
Elevator
NOTE: All elevators are furnished less feeder and/or feeder drive unless otherwise specified.
CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for
inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.
H-169
Screw
Elevator
All Martin screw elevators come with heavy duty helicoid or sectional screws which are
checked for straightness and run-out to ensure a smooth running elevator. When handling
free flowing material, we add stabilizers as needed, as the height of the elevator increases. The
stabilizer bearings are available in a wide range of bearing materials to meet our customers’
requirements, including wood, hard iron, bronze, uhmw, and others.
Both the Martin standard screw and superscrew elevators are supplied with split intermediate
Standard Screw Thrust Unit housing to allow easier maintenance.
Martin’s specially engineered inlet/bottom section assures a smooth transfer to conveyed
material from the horizontal to vertical with a minimum of back-up and product degradation.
The bottom inspection panel is bolted to minimize any product leakage. It also has a shroud to
assure that the conveyed material is moving smoothly through the area.
The drives for both the standard screw and the superscrew elevator are manufactured by
Martin to guarantee their quality and availability.
The Martin standard screw elevator is designed to handle under normal conditions, capacities ranging from 360 cfh to 3600 cfh in 6"
dia., 9" Dia., and 12" dia. Sizes. With complete information, Martin engineering staff can help you design the right screw elevator for
your application.
Grease
Cavity
See Page i-27
Oil
Level
Ratio B T Bolts U V
All
Size Top Bottom A Top Bottom C E F G H J L M N P Q R S No. B& All
Size Other
Drive Drive Drive Drive Rec'd BO Types
Types
6* 2:1 1.4:1 1 1/2 2 1 1/2 5 13 1/2 14 15 1/4 7 5/8 4 15/16 7 4 1/4 4 1/2 11 11/32 3 3/8 3 13/16 13 1/4 4 3/8 - 16 NC 16 7/8 23 1/8 6 5/8
9 2:1 1.4:1 1 1/2 2 1 1/2 5 13 1/2 14 15 1/4 5 4 15/16 10 4 1/4 4 1/2 11 11/32 3 3/8 3 13/16 13 1/4 8 3/8 - 16 NC 21 1/2 27 3/4 8 3/4
12 2:1 2:1 2 2 2 5 13 1/2 14 15 1/4 4 7/8 4 15/16 13 5 5 9/16 14 7/16 3 7/8 4 9/16 13 1/4 8 1/2 - 13 NC 26 31 3/4 12 3/4
*2 5/8" lg. adapter for 6" head not illustrated.
Note: Dimensions not certified for construction.
Dimensions in Inches
CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for
inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.
H-171
Superscrew
Elevator
The Martin superscrew elevator is designed to handle capacities ranging from 360 CFH to 7000 CFH in 6" dia., 9" dia., 12" dia., and 16"
dia. sizes.
CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for
inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.
H-172
Superscrew
Elevator
Housing
& Screw
Length = Bolts
Lift + M
D L
Size Ratio A B C E F G H K M
Top Bottom No. Size
6 2:1 1 1/2 1 5/8 4 4 3/4 5 16 6 1/8 12 7 1/2 10 1/8 8 3/8 12 1/4
9 2:1 2 1 5/8 4 4 3/4 5 16 6 1/8 12 7 1/2 13 1/4 8 3/8 13 1/4
2:1 2 7/16 1 5/8 4 4 7/8 5 16 6 1/8 12 7 1/2 16 1/4 8 1/2 18 1/4
12 2.06:1 2 7/16 1 5/8 4 1/4 4 7/8 5 18.1 6 7/8 12 5/8 7 1/4 17 1/4 8 1/2 18 1/4
2.06:1 3 2 3/16 4 1/4 5 5 18.1 6 7/8 12 5/8 7 1/4 17 3/8 8 1/2 18 1/4
16 2.06:1 3 2 3/16 4 1/4 5 5 18.1 6 7/8 12 5/8 7 1/4 20 1/4 12 1/2 241 /4
Lift
Type 1
Vertical
Size of Z
Shaft Ratio B C E G J K L M N O P S V X
Elevator ¯
Diameter
6 1 1/2 2:1 4 1/2 10 1/2 16 4 1 5/8 6 3/4 26 3/4 7 6 1/2 4 3/4 5 8 3/8 11 7/8 13 1/4 1 1/2
9 2 2:1 6 1/8 12 16 4 1 5/8 6 3/4 28 1/4 10 6 1/2 4 3/4 7 1/8 7 7/8 12 7/8 13 1/4 1 1/2
2 7/16 2:1 7 3/4 15 16 4 1 5/8 6 3/4 32 1/4 13 6 1/2 4 3/4 8 7/8 8 7/8 15 3/8 13 1/4 2
12 2 7/16 2.06:1 7 3/4 15 18.1 4 1/4 2 3/16 7 15/16 34 3/8 13 7 1/4 4 3/4 8 7/8 9 15 1/2 17 3/8 2
3 2.06:1 7 3/4 15 18.1 4 1/4 2 3/16 7 15/16 34 3/8 13 7 1/4 4 3/4 8 7/8 9 15 1/2 17 3/8 2
16 3 2.06:1 10 5/8 20 18.1 4 1/4 2 3/16 7 15/16 39 7/8 17 7 1/4 5 11 1/8 9 1/2 18 17 3/8 3
CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for
inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes. Note: Dimensions not certified for construction.
H-174
Superscrew
Elevator Dimensions
Lift
Type 2
Vertical
Size of Z
Shaft Ratio B C D E G J K L M N O P S V X
Elevator ¯
Diameter
6 1 1/2 2:1 4 1/2 10 1/2 4 3/4 16 4 1 5/8 6 3/4 23 3/4 7 6 1/2 4 3/4 5 8 3/8 11 7/8 13 1/4 1 1/2
9 2 2:1 6 1/8 12 6 1/4 16 4 1 5/8 6 3/4 25 1/4 10 6 1/2 4 3/4 7 1/8 7 7/8 12 7/8 13 1/4 1 1/2
2 7/16 2:1 7 3/4 15 8 16 4 1 5/8 6 3/4 29 1/4 13 6 1/2 4 3/4 8 7/8 8 7/8 15 3/8 13 1/4 2
12 2 7/16 2.06:1 7 3/4 15 8 18.1 4 1/4 2 3/16 7 15/16 31 3/8 13 7 1/4 4 3/4 8 7/8 9 15 1/2 17 3/8 2
3 2.06:1 7 3/4 15 8 18.1 4 1/4 2 3/16 7 15/16 31 3/8 13 7 1/4 4 3/4 8 7/8 9 15 1/2 17 3/8 2
16 3 2.06:1 10 5/8 20 10 1/2 18.1 4 1/4 2 3/16 7 15/16 36 3/4 17 7 1/4 5 11 1/8 9 1/2 18 17 3/8 3
Dimensions in Inches
¯ Horizontal coupling diameter may vary upon length of feeder.
Consult Martin before using.
CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for
inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.
Note: Dimensions not certified for construction.
H-175
Modular
Plastic Screw
INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-176
TECHNICAL AND DESIGN DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-177 – H-178
Popular Options
• Plastic modules consist of a helical flight
spiraling once around a hollow square hub.
• Eliminates need to spot or continuously
weld metal flights to shaft.
• Polyurethane - used where impact/abrasive
wear is a problem. Lab tests show it up to
3 times more wear resistant than carbon or
stainless steel in certain applications.
• All-plastic material does not corrode, is impervious
to acids, caustics and other chemicals.
• Durable, lightweight injection-molded
modules stack on square tube.
• Polypropylene - general purpose material
for high temperature service.
• FDA approved for food contact.
• Highly resistant to corrosion.
• Modules are individually replaceable
without welding or burning.
• Assembled conveyor is comparatively lightweight,
easier to handle, and bearing life is prolonged.
• Polyethylene - general purpose material.
FDA approved for food contact.
• Good abrasive and excellent corrosion
resistance in a wide temperature range.
• Slick surface simplifies cleaning.
*Conveyors shown without cover for illustration purposes only. Please follow
manufacturing safety guidelines when operating conveyors.
H-176
Modular Plastic Screw Conveyors
Design Data
Martin Solutions
to Screw Conveyor
Problems
• Available in 6", 9" and 12"
diameters, with right hand
flights.
• Assembled conveyors
compatible with
CEMA standards; easily
retrofitted.
The Martin screw conveyor system consists of plastic modules stacked on a square metal
• Flight modules available
tube. A shaft is inserted at each tube end and secured by a recessed pin. Modules are
in polyethylene, secured at tube ends by retainer rings and washers.
polypropylene, and
polyurethane, each
with characteristics to
fill specific needs (see
technical data).
• Flights and hubs are
integrally molded, resulting
in consistent diameter,
pitch and thickness with a
uniform, smooth finish.
• Plastic modules eliminate
metal contamination to
MOUNTED SCREW CONVEYOR
food.
• Assembled conveyor is
light in weight, is safe and
easy to handle; bearing life
is prolonged.
• Plastic flights may operate
at close clearances, or
when conveying many
materials, directly on the
trough without danger of
metal contamination.
• Modules are individually
replaceable.
• Balance is excellent
allowing high speed
operation.
H-177
Technical &
Design Data
DIA. SHAFT
TYPE OF INTERMEDIATE BEARING
WOOD, NYLATRON, BRONZE CLOSE COUPLED*
Materials of Construction
6" 1 1/2" 165 90 POLYETHYLENE POLYPROPYLENE POLYURETHANE
9" 1 1/2" 165 80 FDA Approved Yes Yes No
9" 2" 150 80 Abrasive Resistance Good Fair Excellent
12" 2" 145 70 Corrosive Resistance Excellent Excellent Good
12" 2 7/16" 140 70 Impact Resistance Good Fair Excellent
14" 2 7/16" NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE Temperature Limit -60º to +150º F +40º to +220º F -20º to +150º
14" 3" NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE Release Excellent Good Good
16" 3" NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE Note: Release pertains to the capability of conveying "sticky" products.
* Close coupled limitations apply to screw lengths over 12 ft. (for 6" and 9" dia.) or 15 ft. (for
12" dia). For longer lengths or units without intermediate bearing supports, locate end bearing
no more than 3 1/8" (for 6" size); 4 5/8" (for 9" size); or 6 1/8" (for 12" size); centers above the
inside bottom of the conveyor trough.
PLASTIC MODULE
PLASTIC MODULE
Conveyors shown
without cover for
illustration purposes
only. Please follow
manufacturing safety
guidelines when
operating conveyors.
H-179
Shaftless Screw
Conveyors
Typical Applications
• Rendering
• Poultry Processing • Meat Processing • Fish Processing
• Chicken Feathers • Whole Carcasses • Animal Waste • Fish/Animal Bones
• Pulp & Paper, Gypsum Board, Particle Board
• Lime Mud • Wood Chips • Hogged Bark • Shavings
• Pulp • Fiber Sludge • Screenings
• Agriculture
• Fertilizer • Corn Gluten • Sugar Beets/Sugar Cane • Chopped Hay
• Grain • Powder • Salt • Flour
• Meal • Peat • Pellets
• Hospital Waste Processing, Recycle Plants
• Shredded Cans • Bottles • Paper • Medical Disposables
• Heavy Reject • Pulper Reject • Screenings
• Wine & Beverage Industries
• Whole Berry • Stems • Pumice • Fruit Peels
• Waste Water
• Solid Waste Treatment • Sludge • Grit
• Screenings • Solids Removal
• Chemical & Heavy Industrial
• Ash • Recycle Batteries • Carbon Black • Shredded Tires
• Coal • Metal Chip Handling • Bentonite • Caustic Soda
• Bauxite • Iron Ore • Limestone • Insulation
CONFIGURATIONS / OPTIONS
• Carbon steel
Type of Steel • High brinell carbon steel
• Stainless steel
• Liners
- UHMW - Xylethon - Tivar - AR
• Rider bars
• Inspection and overflow hatches
Options
• Various drive configurations
• Available
• Housings: cema standard
• U-trough or split tubular housing
H-181
Sample
Work Sheet
H-182
Sample
Work Sheet
H-183
Vertical Screw
Data Sheet
£ £ £
Trough:
Screw:
Shaft Diameter:
Hanger Style:
Hanger Bearing:
Bottom Bearing:
Bottom Seal:
Gaskets:
Trough:
Drive: HP At RPM
Reducer:
Paint:
Notes:
Sketch — (Show feeder inlet size and location, drive location, etc.)
Page of Prepared by Date
H-185
Bucket Elevator
Data Sheet
Capacity: (CFH)(lb/hr)(TPH)(MTPH)(BPH)
Material: Density: lb/ft3 Temp: ºF Moisture: %
Lumps: Max Size: in Lump Class: (Lump % of Total; I - 10%, II - 25%, III - 95%)
Fed by: Discharges to:
Material of Construction: £ Mild Steel £ T304 £ T316 £ H.D Galv. £ Other
H-186
Drag Conveyor
Data Sheet
H-188
Appendix
ITEM PAGE
ELECTRICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-7
FLYWHEEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-12
i-1
Horsepower/Torque
ONE HORSEPOWER
Force × FPM
HP =
33,000
Horsepower
One HP is the rate of Torque (in Pound-Inches) × RPM
ONE FOOT HP =
work required to raise PER 63,025
33,000 pounds one foot MINUTE
in one minute. Torque (in Pound-Feet) × RPM
33,000 LB HP =
5,252
Torque: The twisting or turning effort around a shaft tending to cause rotation. Torque is determined by multiplying the applied force
times the distance from the point where force is applied to the shaft center.
TQ = F (force) × R (radius)
63,025 × HP
Torque (in pound-inches) =
RPM
Torque Calculation Example
= Force × Lever Arm (in Inches)
20 HP at 100 RPM = 12,605 pound-inches Torque
5,252 × HP
Torque (in pound-feet) = 2.0 HP at 10 RPM = 12,605 pound-inches Torque
RPM
= Force × Lever Arm (in Feet)
Force = Working loads in pounds
FPM = Feet per minute
RPM = Revolutions per minute
Lever Arm = Distance from the force to the center of rotation on inches or feet
Overhung Loads
An overhung load is a bending force imposed on a shaft due to Weights of the drive components are usually negligible. The
the torque transmitted by v-drives, chain drives, and other power formula is based on the assumption that the load is applied at a
transmission devices, other than flexible couplings. point equal to one shaft diameter from the bearing face. Factor F
Most motor and reducer manufacturers list the maximum values depends on the type of drive used:
allowable for overhung loads. It is desirable that these figures be 1.00 for single chain drives
compared with the load actually imposed by the connected drive. 1.10 for timing belt drives
Overhung loads may be calculated as follows: F = 1.25 for spur or helical gear or double chain drives
1.50 for v-belt drives
63,000 × HP × F 2.50 for flat belt drives
O.H.L. =
N×R Example: Find the overhung load imposed on a reducer by
HP = Transmitted HP × Service Factor a double chain drive transmitting 7 HP @ 30 RPM. The pitch
Where:
N= RPM of shaft diameter of the sprocket is 10"; service factor is 1.3.
R= Radius of sprocket, pulley, etc. (63,000)(7 × 1.3) (1.25)
F= Factor O.H.L. = = 4,780 lbs
(30) × (5)
Horsepower/Speed/Torque Relationships
HP Speed (RPM) Torque
Constant Increases Decreases
Constant Decreases Increases
Increases Constant Increases
Decreases Constant Decreases
Increases Increases Constant
Decreases Decreases Constant
i-2
Torque (in Pound-Inches)
For Horsepower/RPM
i-3
Torque (in Pound-Inches)
For Horsepower/RPM
i-4
Torque (in Pound-Inches)
For Horsepower/RPM
i-5
Torque (in Pound-Inches)
For Horsepower/RPM
i-6
Electrical
Formulas
Electrical Formulas
Alternating Current
To Find To Find Alternating or Direct Current
Single-Phase Three-Phase
Amperes when HP × 746 HP × 746 Amperes when voltage and resistance E
horsepower is known E × Eff. × pf 1.73 × E × Eff. × pf is known R
Amperes when Kw × 1000 Kw × 1000 Voltage when resistance
IR
kilowatts are known E × pf 1.73 × E × pf and current are known
Amperes when Kva × 1000 Kva × 1000 Resistance when voltage E
Kva are known E 1.73 × E and current are known I
{
I × E × pf 1.73 × I × E × pf General Information (Approximation)
Kilowatts
1000 1000
At 1800 RPM, a motor develops 36 lb-in per hp
I×E 1.73 × I × E
Kva At 1200 RPM, a motor develops 54 lb-in per hp
All Values At
100% Load
1000 1000 At 575 volts, a 3-phase motor draws 1 amp per hp
I × E × Eff. × pf 1.73 × I × E × Eff. × pf At 460 volts, a 3-phase motor draws 1.25 amp per hp
Horsepower = (output) At 230 volts, a 3-phase motor draws 2.5 amp per hp
746 746
At 230 volts, a single-phase motor draws 5 amp per hp
I = Amperes; E = Volts; Eff. = Efficiency; pf = power factor; At 115 volts, a single-phase motor draws 10 amp per hp
Kva = Kilovolt amperes; Kw = Kilowatts; R = Ohms
Temperature Conversion:
Deg C = (Deg F - 32) × 5/9
Deg F = (Deg C × 9/5) + 32
Frame Assignments
Motor Speed, RPM Motor Speed, RPM
HP HP
3600 1800 1200 900 3600 1800 1200 900
1/8 - 1/3 — 48 — — 15 215T, 256U 254T, 284U 284T, 324U 286T, 326U
1/8 - 1/2 48 — 56 — 20 254T, 284U 256T, 286U 286T, 326U 324T, 364U
1/6 — — 48 — 25 256T, 286U 284T, 324U 324T, 364U 326T, 365U
1/3 - 1 — 56 — — 30 284TS, 324S 286T, 326U 326T, 365U 364T, 404U
3/4 - 1 56 — — — 40 286TS, 326S 324T, 364U 364T, 404U 365T, 405U
1/2 — — — 143T 50 324TS, 364US 326T, 365U, 365US 365T, 405U 404T, 444U
3/4 — — 143T 145T 60 326TS, 365US 364TSs, 404U, 404US 404T, 444U 405T, 445U
1 — 143T 145T 182T 75 364TS, 404US 365TSs, 405U, 405US 405T, 445U 444T
1 1/2 143T 145T 182T 184T 100 365TS, 405US 404TSs, 444US 444T 445T
2 145T 145T 184T 213T 125 404TS, 444US 405TSs, 445US 445T —
3 145T 182T 213T 215T, 254U 150 405TS, 445US 444TSs — —
5 182T 184T 215T, 254U 254T, 256U 200 444TS 445TSs — —
7 1/2 184T 213T, 254U 254T, 256U 256T, 284U 250 445TS — — —
10 213T, 254U 215T, 256U 256T, 284U 284T, 286U — — — — —
Shaft Selection
Important factors to consider when calculating shaft size A = Shaft length from center of bearing to center of load
(a) Shafting is subject to a bending moment and a torsional mo- L = Unbalanced load in pounds
ment.
W = Suspended weight of elevator (chain, buckets, etc.) in pounds
(b) Bending moment is that force which tends to bend a shaft.
R = Radius of wheel in inches
(c) Torsional moment is that force which tends to twist a shaft.
B = Bending moment
(d) Shaft size is determined by the combined action of the bending T = Torsional moment
and torsional moments.
L+W
Refer to Shaft Selection Charts 2 and 3 developed by the American B = A inch pounds
Society of Mechanical Engineers to simplify selection. The charts should 2
be used in conjunction with Service Factors (Table 1) to modify the T = R × L inch pounds
selection for conditions under which the shaft will operate.
i-9
Shaft
Tables
i-10
Shaft
Tables
i-11
Flywheel
Formulas
Flywheels are occasionally used on a few machines, such as air compressors, to even out load pulsations. These formulas are useful
in designing entire flywheel rims. It is also possible to use V-Belt sheaves as a flywheel thus eliminating the need for a separate
flywheel in the system. Consult Martin with specific requirements.
√ .8681(D +d)
√ .8681(D +d)
√ .8681(D +d)
2 2 2 2 2 2
Radius of Gyration (Feet)
1000 1000 1000
WR2
.1773F(D4 – d4) .1929F(D4 – d4) .6818FP(D4 – d4)
Wt. × Sq. of Radius of Gyration
1000 1000 1000
(lb × Ft2)
Ts .3078FN2(D3 – d3) .3350FN2(D3 – d3) 1.184PFN2(D3 – d3)
Tensile Load in Rim (lb) 1000 1000 1000
s Centrifugal force causes this tensile load at each and every section of the rim. Thus on rims split into two or more sections, the
fastening at each joint should be designed to take the full load as calculated from the formula below.
Electrical Formulas
R = Distance from the axis of rotation to the center of gravity of the body (feet)
N = Revolutions per minute (RPM)
v = Velocity of the center of gravity of the body (feet per second)
g = Acceleration due to gravity (32.16 commonly)
Wv2 WRN2
F= = = .000341 WRN2
gR 2933
F = Centrifugal force tending to move the body outward from the axis of rotation (pounds)
W = Weight of body (pounds)
i-12
Weights of
Steel
NOTE: The steel weights in this section are nominal and are based on an approximate weight of 40.80 pounds per square foot, one
inch thick. There may be differences between nominal weights and actual scale weights because of variation in manufacturing
practices.
{
Wt. per Sq. Ft. Feet Feet Wt./Sq. Ft. × W × L Diameter Length Formulas
Inches Inches Inches .2904 × T × W × L Square Inches Feet 3.4 × D2 × L
Round
Inches Inches Feet 3.485 × T × W × L Bars Inches Feet 2.67 × D2 × L
Hexagon
Hot and C.R.
Inches Feet Feet 41.82 × T × W × L Octagon Inches Feet 2.945 × D2 × L
Sheets
USS. Ga No. Feet Feet Wt./Sq. Ft. × W × L Inches Feet 2.817 × D2 × L
Wt. per Sq. Ft. Feet Feet Wt./Sq. Ft. × W × L T = thickness L = length W = width D = diameter
i-14
Metal
Properties
Brinell, Rockwell, and Scleroscope Hardness Numbers with Corresponding Tensile Strength
Brinell Rockwell “C” Tensile Strength
Scleroscope
10 MM Ball 120 Cone 1000 Pound
Shore Model C
3000 Kg 150 Kg Per Square Inch
745 68 100 368
712 66 95 352
682 64 91 337
653 62 87 324
627 60 84 311
601 58 81 298
578 57 78 287
555 55 75 276
534 53 72 266
514 52 70 256
495 50 67 247
477 49 65 238
461 47 63 229
444 46 61 220
429 45 59 212
415 44 57 204
401 42 55 196
388 41 54 189
375 40 52 182
362 38 51 176
351 37 49 170
341 36 48 165
331 35 46 160
321 34 45 155
311 33 44 150
302 32 43 146
293 31 42 142
285 30 40 138
277 29 39 134
269 28 38 131
262 26 37 128
255 25 37 125
248 24 36 122
241 23 35 119
235 22 34 116
229 21 33 113
223 20 32 110
Rockwell “B”
1/16" Ball
100 Kg.
217 97 31 107
212 96 31 104
207 95 30 101
202 94 30 99
197 93 29 97
192 92 28 95
187 91 28 93
183 90 27 91
179 89 27 89
174 88 26 87
i-16
Decimal
Equivalent Table
Weight Equivalents
Unit Grains Grams Ounces (Troy) Ounces (Avoir.) Pounds (Troy) Pounds (Avoir.) Kilograms
1 MILLIMETER = 1 .064799 .002083 .002286 .000174 .000143 .000065
1 OUNCE (TROY) = 480 31.1035 1 1.09714 .083333 .068571 .031104
1 OUNCE (AVOIR.) = 437.5 28.3495 .911458 1 .075955 .0625 .028350
1 POUND (TROY) = 5760 373.242 12 13.1657 1 .822857 .373242
1 POUND (AVOIR.) = 7000 453.592 14.5833 16 1.21528 1 .453592
1 KILOGRAM = 15432.4 1000 32.1507 35.2740 2.67923 2.20462 1
Unit Kilograms Pounds (Troy) Pounds (Avoir.) Metric Tons Net (Short) Tons Gross (Long) Tons
1 METRIC TON = 1000 2679.23 2204.62 1 1.10231 .984206
1 NET (SHORT) TON = 907.185 2430.56 2000 .907185 1 .892857
1 GROSS (LONG) TON = 1016.05 2722.22 2240 1.01605 1.12 1
i-18
English Metric
System Equivalents
Area Equivalents
Unit Cubic Centimeters Cubic Inches Liters Quarts (Liquid)
1 SQUARE FOOT = 144 1 .1111 .09290
1 SQUARE YARD = 1296 9 1 .83613
1 SQUARE METER = 1550 10.7639 1.19599 1
1 SQUARE ROD = 39204 272.25 30.25 25.293
1 ARE = 155000 1076.39 119.599 100
1 ACRE = 6272640 43560 4840 4046.86
1 SQUARE MILE (640 ACRES) = – 27878400 3097600 2589999
1 SQUARE KILOMETER = – 10763867 1195985 1000000
Power Equivalents
Foot-Pound/
Unit BTU/Hour Foot-Pound/Hour HP HP (Metric) Watt Kilowatt
Minute
1 BTU/HR. = 1 778.1688 12.96948 .000393 .000398 .293071 .000293
1 FT.LB./HR. = .001285 1 – 5.05×10-7 5.12×10-7 .0003766 3.766×10-7
1 FT.LB./MIN. = .077104 – 1 3.0303×10-5 3.072×10-7 .022597 2.26×10-5
1 HP = 2544.43 1980000 33000 1 1.01387 745.699 .7457
1 HP MET. = 2509.622 1952914 32548.56 .986320 1 735.499 .735499
1 WATT = 3.41214 2655.224 44.2537 .0013410 .0013596 1 .001
NOTE: Foot-Pounds indicates energy.
Pound-Feet indicates torque (Page M-2).
Metric System
Length Area
10 decimeters(dm) 1 square meter (m2)
1 meter (m) = 100 centimeters(cm) 100 square decimeters (dm2)
1 centare (ca) =
1,000 millimeters(mm) 10,000 square centimeters (cm2)
1 dekameter (dkm) = 10 meters (m) 1,000,000 square millimeters (mm2)
1 hectometer (hm) = 100 meters (m) 1 square dekameter (dkm2)
1 are (a) =
1 kilometer (km) = 1,000 meters (m) 100 square meters (m2)
100 ares (a)
Weight 1 hectare (ha) =
10,000 square meters (m2)
10 decigrams (dg) 1 square kilometer (km ) =
2
10 meters (m)
1 gram (g) = 100 centigrams (cg)
1,000 milligrams (mg) Other prefixes commonly used:
1 dekagram (dkg) = 10 grams (g) micro — one millionth
1 hectogram (hg) = 100 grams (g) deca — 10 times (same as deka)
1 kilogram (kg = 1000 grams (g) myria — 10,000 times
1000 kilograms (kg) mega — 1,000,000 times
1 metric ton =
1,000,000 grams (g)
1 Cubic Foot/Minute = .1246753 gallons (U.S.)/second Weight of 1 gallon (U.S.) water = 8.34 pounds
1 Cubic Foot/Second = 2.2222 cubic yards/minute Weight of 1 cubic foot of Air at 14.7 lbs per square inch Pressure =
.07608 pounds at 62°F = .08703 pounds at 32°F.
1 Gallon (U.S.)/Minute = 8.020834 cubic feet/hour
Watts = Amperes × Volts
1 Gallon (U.S.)/Minute = 3.785412 liter/minute
1 Watt-Hour = 3.41214 BTU = 859.845 Calorie = 3600 Joule.
1 Liter/Minute = 2.118880 cubic feet/hour
g = Acceleration due to gravity at Sea Level, Latitude 45° = 32.1726 Feet/
1 Cubic Mitre/Minute = 264.1720 Gallons (U.S.)/Minute Second squared.
1 Pound/Gallon (U.S.) = 7.480519 pound/cubic feet 1 pound-foot (torque) = 1.355818 Newton-Metre
i-20
Area/Circumference
Table
i-21
Trigonometric
Functions
Sine Tangent
s
diu t
Ra n nt
ca ca
Se se
Co
To Find Angles and Sides of Right Angle Triangles
To Find Angles To Find Sides
To Find: Formulas To Find: Formulas
Formulas for Finding Functions of Angles
c a b2 + c2 ––
C = sin C
Side Opposite a
= Sine c
Hypotenuse b a c × cosec C
sin C
C = cos C
Side Adjacent a c
= Cosine a c × sec B
cos B
Hypotenuse c
C = tan C b
Side Opposite b a b × cosec B
= Tangent sin B
Side Adjacent b b
C = cotan C a b × sec C
c cos C
Side Adjacent
= Cotangent a
Side Opposite C = sec C b a2 + c2 ––
b
Hypotenuse a
= Secant a b a × sin B
Side Adjacent C = cosec C cosec B
c a
Hypotenuse b c × cos C
= Cosecant b sec C
Side Opposite B = cos B c
a b c × tan B
cotan B
c c
B = cos B b c × cot C
a tan C
Formulas for Finding Sides of Right Angle
b c a2 + b2 ––
Triangles with an Angle and Side Known B = tan B
c
Hypotenuse × Sine c a × cos B
a
To Find: c sec B
Hypotenuse ÷ Cosecant B = cotan B
Length of = b a
Side Adjacent × Tangent c a × sin C
side opposite a cosec C
Side Adjacent ÷ Cotangent B = sec B b
c c b × cot B
Hypotenuse × Cosine tan B
To Find: Hypotenuse ÷ Secant a
B = cosec B b
Length of = b c b × tan C
side adjacent Side Opposite × Cotangent cotan C
Side Opposite ÷ Tangent
Side Opposite × Cosecant
To Find: Side Opposite ÷ Sine
To Find Angles and Sides of Oblique Angle Triangles
Length of = To Find Known Formulas To Find Known Formulas
hypotenuse Side Adjacent × Secant
Side Adjacent ÷ Cosine C A, B 180° – (A + B) A B, C 180° – (B + C)
a × sin B b2 + c2 – a2
b a, B, A cos A a, b, c
sin A 2bc
a × sin C a × cosec C
tan A a, C, b cot B a, C, b – cot C
b – (a × cos C) b
B A, C 180° – (A + C) c b, C, B b × sin C × cosec B
b × cin A
sin B b, A, a
a
i-22
Trigonometric
Tables
Trigonometric Functions
° ' Sine Tangent Cotangent Cosine ' ° ° ' Sine Tangent Cotangent Cosine ' °
0 0 0.000000 0.000000 INFINITE 1.000000 0 90 11 0 0.190809 0.194380 5.1445540 0.981627 0 79
10 0.002909 0.002909 343.77371 0.999996 50 10 0.913664 0.197401 5.0658352 0.981068 50
20 0.005818 0.005818 171.88540 0.999983 40 20 0.196517 0.200425 4.9894027 0.980500 40
30 0.008727 0.008727 114.58865 0.999962 30 30 0.199368 0.203452 4.9151570 0.979925 30
40 0.011635 0.011636 85.939791 0.999932 20 40 0.202218 0.206483 4.8430045 0.979341 20
50 0.014544 0.014545 68.750087 0.999894 10 50 0.205065 0.209518 4.7728568 0.978748 10
1 0 0.017452 0.017455 57.289962 0.999848 0 89 12 0 0.207912 0.212557 4.7046301 0.978148 0 78
10 0.020361 0.020365 49.103881 0.999793 50 10 0.210756 0.215599 4.6382457 0.977539 50
20 0.023269 0.023275 42.964077 0.999729 40 20 0.213599 0.218645 4.5736287 0.976921 40
30 0.026177 0.026186 38.188459 0.999657 30 30 0.216440 0.221695 4.5107085 0.976296 30
40 0.029085 0.029097 34.367771 0.999577 20 40 0.219279 0.224748 4.4494181 0.975662 20
50 0.031992 0.032009 31.241577 0.999488 10 50 0.222116 0.227806 4.3896940 0.975020 10
2 0 0.034899 0.034921 28.636253 0.999391 0 88 13 0 0.224951 0.230868 4.3314759 0.974370 0 77
10 0.037806 0.037834 26.431600 0.999285 50 10 0.227784 0.233934 4.2747066 0.973712 50
20 0.040713 0.040747 24.541758 0.999171 40 20 0.230616 0.237004 4.2193318 0.973045 40
30 0.043619 0.043661 22.903766 0.999048 30 30 0.233445 0.240079 4.1652998 0.927370 30
40 0.046525 0.046576 21.470401 0.998917 20 40 0.236273 0.243158 4.1125614 0.971687 20
50 0.049431 0.049491 20.205553 0.998778 10 50 0.239098 0.246241 4.0610700 0.970995 10
3 0 0.052336 0.052408 19.081137 0.998630 0 87 14 0 0.241922 0.249328 4.0107809 0.970296 0 76
10 0.055241 0.055325 18.074977 0.998473 50 10 0.244743 0.252420 3.9616518 0.969588 50
20 0.058145 0.058243 17.169337 0.998308 40 20 0.247563 0.255517 3.9136420 0.968872 40
30 0.061049 0.061163 16.349855 0.998135 30 30 0.250380 0.258618 3.8667131 0.968148 30
40 0.063952 0.064083 15.604784 0.997957 20 40 0.253195 0.261723 3.8208281 0.967415 20
50 0.066854 0.067004 14.924417 0.997763 10 50 0.256008 0.264834 3.7759519 0.966675 10
4 0 0.069756 0.069927 14.300666 0.997564 0 86 15 0 0.258819 0.267949 3.7320508 0.965926 0 75
10 0.072658 0.072851 13.726738 0.997357 50 10 0.261628 0.271069 3.6890927 0.965169 50
20 0.075559 0.075776 13.196888 0.997141 40 20 0.264434 0.274195 3.6470467 0.964404 40
30 0.078459 0.078702 12.706205 0.996917 30 30 0.267238 0.277325 3.6058835 0.963630 30
40 0.081359 0.081629 12.250505 0.996685 20 40 0.270040 0.280460 3.5655749 0.962849 20
50 0.084258 0.084558 11.826167 0.996444 10 50 0.272840 0.283600 3.5260938 0.962059 10
5 0 0.087156 0.087489 11.430052 0.996195 0 85 16 0 0.275637 0.286745 3.4874144 0.961262 0 74
10 0.090053 0.090421 11.059431 0.995937 50 10 0.278432 0.289896 3.4495120 0.960456 50
20 0.092950 0.093354 10.711913 0.995671 40 20 0.281225 0.293052 3.4123626 0.959642 40
30 0.095846 0.096289 10.385397 0.995396 30 30 0.284015 0.296214 3.3759434 0.958820 30
40 0.098741 0.099226 10.078031 0.995113 20 40 0.286803 0.299380 3.3402326 0.957990 20
50 0.101635 0.102164 9.7881732 0.994822 10 50 0.289589 0.302553 3.3052091 0.957151 10
6 0 0.104528 0.105104 9.5143645 0.994522 0 84 17 0 0.292372 0.305731 3.2708526 0.956305 0 73
10 0.107421 0.108046 9.2553035 0.994214 50 10 0.295152 0.308914 3.2371438 0.955450 50
20 0.110313 0.110990 9.0098261 0.993897 40 20 0.297930 0.312104 3.2040638 0.954588 40
30 0.113203 0.113936 8.7768874 0.993572 30 30 0.300706 0.315299 3.1715948 0.953717 30
40 0.116093 0.116883 8.5555468 0.993238 20 40 0.303479 0.318500 3.1397194 0.952838 20
50 0.118982 0.119833 8.3449558 0.922896 10 50 0.306249 0.321707 3.1084210 0.951951 10
7 0 0.121869 0.122785 8.1443464 0.992546 0 83 18 0 0.309017 0.324920 3.0776835 0.951057 0 72
10 0.124756 0.125738 7.9530224 0.992187 50 10 0.311782 0.328139 3.0474915 0.950154 50
20 0.127642 0.128694 7.7703506 0.991820 40 20 0.314545 0.331364 3.0178301 0.949243 40
30 0.130526 0.131653 7.5957541 0.991445 30 30 0.317305 0.334595 2.9886850 0.948324 30
40 0.133410 0.134613 7.4287064 0.991061 20 40 0.320062 0.337833 2.9600422 0.947397 20
50 0.136292 0.137576 7.2687255 0.990669 10 50 0.322816 0.341077 2.9318885 0.946462 10
8 0 0.139173 0.140541 7.1153697 0.990268 0 82 19 0 0.325568 0.344328 2.9042109 0.945519 0 71
10 0.142053 0.143508 6.9682335 0.989859 50 10 0.328317 0.347585 2.8769970 0.944568 50
20 0.144932 0.146478 6.8269437 0.989442 40 20 0.331063 0.350848 2.8502349 0.943609 40
30 0.147809 0.149451 6.6911562 0.959016 30 30 0.333807 0.354119 2.8239129 0.942641 30
40 0.150686 0.152426 6.5605538 0.988582 20 40 0.336547 0.357396 2.7980198 0.941666 20
50 0.153561 0.155404 6.4348428 0.988139 10 50 0.339285 0.360680 2.7725448 0.940684 10
9 0 0.156434 0.158384 6.3137515 0.987688 0 81 20 0 0.342020 0.363970 2.7474774 0.939693 0 70
10 0.159307 0.161368 6.1970279 0.987229 50 10 0.344752 0.367268 2.7228076 0.938694 50
20 0.162178 0.164354 6.0844381 0.986762 40 20 0.347481 0.370573 2.6985254 0.937687 40
30 0.165048 0.167343 5.9757644 0.986286 30 30 0.350207 0.373885 2.6746215 0.936672 30
40 0.167916 0.170334 5.8708042 0.985801 20 40 0.352931 0.377204 2.6510867 0.935650 20
50 0.170783 0.173329 5.7693688 0.985309 10 50 0.355651 0.380530 2.6279121 0.934619 10
10 0 0.173648 0.176327 5.6712818 0.984808 0 80 21 0 0.358368 0.383864 2.6050891 0.933580 0 69
10 0.176512 0.179328 5.5763786 0.984298 50 10 0.361082 0.387205 2.5826094 0.932534 50
20 0.179375 0.182332 5.4845052 0.983781 40 20 0.363793 0.390554 2.5604649 0.931480 40
30 0.182236 0.185339 5.3955172 0.983255 30 30 0.366501 0.393911 2.5386479 0.930418 30
40 0.185095 0.188359 5.3092793 0.982721 20 40 0.369206 0.397275 2.5171507 0.929348 20
50 0.187953 0.191363 5.2256647 0.982178 10 79 50 0.371908 0.400647 2.4959661 0.928270 10 68
° ' Sine Tangent Cotangent Cosine ' ° ° ' Sine Tangent Cotangent Cosine ' °
NOTE: For functions from 45°-0' to 68° read from bottom of table upward.
i-23
Trigonometric
Tables
Trigonometric Functions
° ' Sine Tangent Cotangent Cosine ' ° ° ' Sine Tangent Cotangent Cosine ' °
22 0 0.374607 0.404026 2.4750869 0.927184 0 68 34 0 0.559193 0.674509 1.4825610 0.829038 0 56
10 0.377302 0.407414 2.4545061 0.926090 50 10 0.561602 0.678749 1.4732983 0.827407 50
20 0.379994 0.410810 2.4342172 0.924980 40 20 0.564007 0.683007 1.4641147 0.825770 40
30 0.382683 0.414214 2.4142136 0.923880 30 30 0.566406 0.687281 1.4550090 0.824126 30
40 0.385369 0.417626 2.3944889 0.922762 20 40 0.568801 0.691573 1.4459801 0.822475 20
50 0.388052 0.421046 2.3750372 0.921638 10 50 0.571191 0.695881 1.4370268 0.820817 10
23 0 0.390731 0.424475 2.3558524 0.920505 0 67 35 0 0.573576 0.700208 1.4281480 0.819152 0 55
10 0.393407 0.427912 2.3369287 0.919364 50 10 0.575957 0.704552 1.4193427 0.817480 50
20 0.396080 0.431358 2.3182606 0.918216 40 20 0.578332 0.708913 1.4106098 0.815801 40
30 0.398749 0.434812 2.2998425 0.917060 30 30 0.580703 0.713293 1.4019483 0.814116 30
40 0.401415 0.438276 2.2816693 0.915896 20 40 0.583069 0.717691 1.3933571 0.812423 20
50 0.404078 0.441748 2.2637357 0.914725 10 50 0.585429 0.722108 1.3848355 0.810723 10
24 0 0.406737 0.445229 2.2460368 0.913545 0 66 36 0 0.587785 0.726543 1.3763810 0.809017 0 54
10 0.409392 0.448719 2.2285676 0.912358 50 10 0.590136 0.730996 1.3679959 0.807304 50
20 0.412045 0.452218 2.2113234 0.911164 40 20 0.592482 0.735469 1.3596764 0.805584 40
30 0.414693 0.455726 2.1942997 0.909961 30 30 0.594823 0.739961 1.3514224 0.803857 30
40 0.417338 0.459244 2.1774920 0.908751 20 40 0.597159 0.744472 1.3432331 0.802123 20
50 0.419980 0.462771 2.1608958 0.907533 10 50 0.599489 0.749003 1.3351075 0.800383 10
25 0 0.422618 0.466308 2.1445069 0.906308 0 65 37 0 0.601815 0.753554 1.3270448 0.798636 0 53
10 0.425253 0.469854 2.1283213 0.905075 50 10 0.604136 0.758125 1.3190441 0.796882 50
20 0.427884 0.473410 2.1123348 0.903834 40 20 0.606451 0.762716 1.3111046 0.795121 40
30 0.430511 0.476976 2.0965436 0.902585 30 30 0.608761 0.767327 1.3032254 0.793353 30
40 0.433125 0.480551 2.0809438 0.901329 20 40 0.611067 0.771959 1.2954057 0.791579 20
50 0.435755 0.484137 2.0655318 0.900065 10 50 0.613367 0.776612 1.2876447 0.789798 10
26 0 0.438371 0.487733 2.0503038 0.898794 0 64 38 0 0.615661 0.781286 1.2799416 0.788011 0 52
10 0.440984 0.491339 2.0352565 0.897515 50 10 0.617951 0.785981 1.2722957 0.786217 50
20 0.443593 0.494955 2.0203862 0.896229 40 20 0.620235 0.790698 1.2647062 0.784416 40
30 0.446197 0.498582 2.0056897 0.894934 30 30 0.622515 0.795436 1.2571723 0.782608 30
40 0.448799 0.502219 1.9911637 0.893633 20 40 0.624789 0.800196 1.2496933 0.780794 20
50 0.451397 0.505867 1.9768050 0.892323 10 50 0.627057 0.804980 1.2422685 0.778973 10
27 0 0.453990 0.509525 1.9626105 0.891007 0 63 39 0 0.692320 0.809784 1.2348972 0.777146 0 51
10 0.456580 0.513195 1.9485772 0.889682 50 10 0.631578 0.814612 1.2275786 0.775312 50
20 0.459166 0.516876 1.9347020 0.888350 40 20 0.633831 0.819463 1.2203121 0.773472 40
30 0.461749 0.520567 1.9209821 0.887011 30 30 0.636078 0.824336 1.2130970 0.771625 30
40 0.464327 0.524270 1.9074147 0.885664 20 40 0.638320 0.829234 1.2059327 0.769771 20
50 0.466901 0.527984 1.8939971 0.884309 10 50 0.640557 0.834155 1.1988184 0.767911 10
28 0 0.469472 0.531709 1.8807265 0.882948 0 62 40 0 0.642788 0.839100 1.1917536 0.766044 0 50
10 0.472038 0.535547 1.8676003 0.881578 50 10 0.645013 0.844069 1.1847376 0.764171 50
20 0.474600 0.539195 1.8546159 0.880201 40 20 0.647233 0.849062 1.1777698 0.762292 40
30 0.477149 0.542956 1.8417709 0.878817 30 30 0.649448 0.854081 1.1708496 0.760406 30
40 0.479713 0.546728 1.8290628 0.877425 20 40 0.651657 0.859124 1.1639763 0.758514 20
50 0.482263 0.550515 1.8164892 0.876026 10 50 0.653861 0.864193 1.1571495 0.756615 10
29 0 0.484810 0.554309 1.8040478 0.874620 0 61 41 0 0.656059 0.869287 1.1503684 0.754710 0 49
10 0.487352 0.558118 1.7917362 0.873206 50 10 0.658252 0.874407 1.1436326 0.752798 50
20 0.489890 0.561939 1.7795524 0.871784 40 20 0.660439 0.879553 1.1369414 0.750880 40
30 0.492424 0.565773 1.7674940 0.870356 30 30 0.662620 0.884725 1.1302944 0.748956 30
40 0.494953 0.569619 1.7555590 0.868920 20 40 0.664796 0.889924 1.1236909 0.747025 20
50 0.497479 0.573478 1.7437453 0.867476 10 50 0.666966 0.895151 1.1171305 0.745088 10
30 0 0.500000 0.577350 1.7320508 0.866025 0 60 42 0 0.669131 0.900404 1.1106125 0.743145 0 48
10 0.502517 0.581235 1.7204736 0.864567 50 10 0.671289 0.905685 1.1041365 0.741195 50
20 0.505030 0.585134 1.7090116 0.863102 40 20 0.673443 0.910994 1.0977020 0.739239 40
30 0.507538 0.589045 1.6976631 0.861629 30 30 0.675590 0.916331 1.0913085 0.737277 30
40 0.510043 0.592970 1.6864261 0.860149 20 40 0.677732 0.921697 1.0849554 0.735309 20
50 0.512543 0.596908 1.6752988 0.858662 10 50 0.679868 0.927021 1.0786423 0.733335 10
31 0 0.515038 0.600861 1.6642795 0.857167 0 59 43 0 0.681998 0.932515 1.0723687 0.731354 0 47
10 0.517529 0.604827 1.6533663 0.855665 50 10 0.684123 0.937968 1.0661341 0.729367 50
20 0.520016 0.608807 1.6425576 0.854156 40 20 0.686242 0.943451 1.0599381 0.727374 40
30 0.522499 0.612801 1.6318517 0.852640 30 30 0.688355 0.948965 1.0537801 0.725374 30
40 0.524977 0.616809 1.6212469 0.851117 20 40 0.690462 0.954508 1.0476598 0.723369 20
50 0.527450 0.620832 1.6107417 0.849586 10 50 0.692563 0.960083 1.0415767 0.721357 10
32 0 0.529919 0.624869 1.6003345 0.848048 0 58 44 0 0.694658 0.965689 1.0355303 0.719340 0 46
10 0.532384 0.628921 1.5900238 0.846503 50 10 0.696748 0.971326 1.0295203 0.717316 50
20 0.534844 0.632988 1.5798079 0.844951 40 20 0.698832 0.976996 1.0235461 0.715286 40
30 0.537300 0.637079 1.5696856 0.843391 30 30 0.700909 0.982697 1.0176074 0.713251 30
40 0.539751 0.641167 1.5596552 0.841825 20 40 0.702981 0.988432 1.0117088 0.711209 20
50 0.542197 0.645280 1.4597155 0.840251 10 50 0.705047 0.994199 1.0058348 0.709161 10
33 0 0.544639 0.649408 1.5398650 0.838671 0 57 45 0 0.707107 1.000000 1.0000000 0.707107 0 45
10 0.547076 0.653551 1.5301025 0.837083 50 — — — — — —
20 0.549509 0.657710 1.5204261 0.835488 40 — — — — — —
30 0.551937 0.661886 1.5108352 0.833886 30 — — — — — —
40 0.554360 0.666077 1.5013282 0.832277 20 — — — — — —
50 0.556769 0.670285 1.4919039 0.830661 10 56 — — — — — — —
° ' Sine Tangent Cotangent Cosine ' ° ° ' Sine Tangent Cotangent Cosine ' °
NOTE: For functions from 45°-0' to 68° read from bottom of table upward.
i-24
Conversion
Tables
Given Multiply By Given Multiply By
ABAMPERE 10 AMPERE CUBIC YARDS 0.7645548 CUBIC METER
ACRES 0.4046856 HECTARE CUBIC YARDS 201.974 GALLONS (US)
ACRES 43560 SQUARE FEET CUBIC YARDS/MIN. 0.45 CUBIC FEET/SEC.
ACRES 4046.8564 SQUARE METERS CUBIC YARDS/MIN. 3.366234 GALLONS (US)/SEC.
ACRES 1.562×10-3 SQUARE MILES CUBIT 18 INCH
ARE 1076.391 SQUARE FEET CUP 236.588 MILLILITER
ATMOSPHERES 76 CMS. OF MERCURY CUP (METRIC) 200 MILLILITER
ATMOSPHERES 33.89854 FEET OF WATER DEGREE 0.017453 RADIAN
ATMOSPHERES 29.92 INCHES OF MERCURY DEGREE/SEC. 0.166667 REVOLUTION/MIN.
ATMOSPHERES 14.69595 POUNDS/SQUARE INCH DENIER 0.11111(1/9) TEX
BAGS - CEMENT 94 POUNDS - CEMENT DRACHM (BRIT. FLUID) 0.9607599 DRAM (U.S. FLUID)
BARRELS - OIL 5.614583 CUBIC FOOT DRAM (APOTH) 60 GRAINS
BARRELS - OIL 158.9873 LITER DRAM (AVOIR) 27.34375 GRAINS
BARRELS - OIL 42 GALLONS - OIL DRAM (U.S. FLUID) 0.2255859 CUBIC INCHES
BARRELS (US DRY) 3.281219 BUSHELS (US) ELL 45 INCH
BARRELS (US DRY) 4.083333 CUBIC FEET ERG 1×10-7 JOULE
BARRELS (US DRY) 115.6271 LITER FATHOM 6 FEET
BARRELS (US LIQ.) 4.2109375 CUBIC FEET FEET OF WATER 0.0295 ATMOSPHERES
BARRELS (US LIQ.) 0.1192405 CUBIC METERS FEET OF WATER 0.8826 INCHES OF MERCURY
BARRELS (US LIQ.) 26.22925 GALLONS (BRIT.) FEET OF WATER 304.8 KGS./SQUARE METER
BARRELS (US LIQ.) 31.5 GALLONS (US) FEET OF WATER 62.43 POUNDS/SQUARE FT.
BARRELS – CEMENT 376 POUNDS – CEMENT FEET OF WATER 0.4335 POUNDS/SQUARE INCH
BTU 251.996 CALORIE FEET/MIN. 0.508 CENTIMETERS/SEC.
BTU 778.169 FOOT – POUNDS – FORCE FEET/MIN. 0.01667 FEET/SEC.
BTU 3.9302×10-4 HORSEPOWER – HOURS FEET/MIN. 0.01829 KILOMETERS/HOUR
BTU 0.252 KILOGRAM – CALORIES FEET/MIN. 0.3048 METERS/MIN
BTU 107.586 KILOGRAM - METERS FEET/MIN. 0.01136 MILES/HOUR
BTU 2.9307×10-4 KILOWATT - HOURS FEET/SEC. 30.48 CENTIMETERS/SEC.
BTU 1055.056 JOULE FEET/SEC. 1.097 KILOMETERS/HOUR
BTU/MIN. 12.96 FOOT - POUNDS/SEC. FEET/SEC. 0.5921 KNOTS
BTU/MIN. 0.0235809 HORSEPOWER FEET/SEC. 18.29 METERS/MIN.
BTU/MIN. 0.0175843 KILOWATTS FEET/SEC. 0.6818 MILES/HOUR
BTU/MIN. 17.5796 WATTS FEET/SEC. 0.01136 MILES/MIN.
BUSHELS (BRIT.) 1.032057 BUSHELS (US) FERKIN (US) 9 GALLONS (US) DRY
BUSHELS (BRIT.) 8 GALLONS (BRIT.) FOOT 30.48 CENTIMETER
BUSHELS (US) 0.3047647 BARRELS (US DRY) FOOT 12 INCH
BUSHELS (US) 1.244456 CUBIC FEET FOOT/MINUTE 0.3048 METER
BUSHELS (US) 9.309177 GALLONS (US LIQ.) FOOT/MINUTE 0.018288 KILOMETER/HOUR
CALORIE 4.1868 JOULE FOOT/SECOND 0.01136364 MILE/HOUR
CALORIE 3.96832×10-3 BTU FOOT/SECOND 0.3048 METER/SECOND
CALORIE 3.08803 FOOT - POUND - FORCE FOOT - POUNDS - FORCE 0.6818182 MILE/HOUR
CENTARES (CENTIARES) 1 SQUARE METERS FOOT - POUNDS - FORCE 5.050×10-7 HORSEPOWER - HOURS
CENTIMETERS 0.3937008 INCHES FOOT - POUNDS - FORCE 1.35582 JOULES
CENTIMETERS 0.3937008 INCH FOOT - POUNDS - FORCE 3.241×10-4 KILOGRAM - CALORIES
CENTIMETERS 0.01 METERS FOOT - POUNDS - FORCE 0.1383 KILOGRAM - METERS
CENTIMETERS 10 MILLIMETERS FOOT - POUNDS - FORCE .766×10-5 KILOWATT - HOURS
CENTIMTRS. OF MERCURY 0.01316 ATMOSPHERES FOOT - POUNDS - FORCE 1.286×10-3 BTU
CENTIMTRS. OF MERCURY 0.4461 FEET OF WATER FOOT - POUNDS/MIN. 1.286×10-3 BTU/MIN.
CENTIMTRS. OF MERCURY 136 KGS./SQUARE METER FOOT - POUNDS/MIN. 0.01667 FOOT - POUNDS/SEC.
CENTIMTRS. OF MERCURY 27.85 POUNDS/SQUARE FT. FOOT - POUNDS/MIN. 3.030×10-4 HORSEPOWER
CENTIMTRS. OF MERCURY 0.1934 POUNDS/SQUARE INCH FOOT - POUNDS/MIN. 3.241×10-4 KG. - CALORIES/MIN.
CENTIPOISE 0.001 PASCAL - SECOND FOOT - POUNDS/MIN. 2.260×10-5 KILOWATTS
CHAIN (RAMSDEN’S) 100 FEET FOOT - POUNDS/SEC. 7.717×10-2 BTU/MIN.
CHAIN (GUNTER’S) 66 FEET FOOT - POUNDS/SEC. 1.818×10-3 HORSEPOWER
CORD 128 CUBIC FEET FOOT - POUNDS/SEC. 1.945×10-2 KG. - CALORIES/MIN.
CORD 3.624 STERE FOOT - POUNDS/SEC. 1.355818 WATTS
COULOMB 1 AMPERE - SECOND FURLONG 660 FEET
CUBIC CENTIMETER 0.06102 CUBIC INCHES FURLONG 10 CHAIN
CUBIC CENTIMETER 0.001 LITER GALLON (BRIT.) 9.632619 CUBIC FT./HOUR
CUBIC CENTIMETER 1 MILLILETER GALLON (BRIT.) 0.2727654 CUBIC METER/HOUR
CUBIC DECIMETER 0.0353 CUBIC FEET GALLONS (US)/MIN. 8.020834 CUBIC FEET/HOUR
CUBIC FEET 12 BOARD FEET GALLONS (US)/MIN. 0.2271247 CUBIC METER/HOUR
CUBIC FEET 0.803564 BUSHELS (US) GALLON (DRY) 268.8025 CUBIC INCH
CUBIC FEET 1728 CUBIC INCHES GALLONS (LIQ.) 3785.412 CUBIC CENTIMETERS
CUBIC FEET 0.0283168 CUBIC METERS GALLONS (LIQ.) 0.1336805 CUBIC FEET
CUBIC FEET 28.317 CUBIC DECIMETERS GALLONS (LIQ.) 231 CUBIC INCHES
CUBIC FEET 0.037037 CUBIC YARD GALLONS (LIQ.) 3.785×10-3 CUBIC METERS
CUBIC FEET 6.228835 GALLONS (BRIT.) GALLONS (LIQ.) 4.951×10-3 CUBIC YARDS
CUBIC FEET 7.480519 GALLONS (US) GALLONS (LIQ.) 0.8326742 GALLONS (BRIT.)
CUBIC FEET 28.316847 LITERS GALLONS (LIQ.) 3.785412 LITERS
CUBIC FEET 25.71405 QUARTS (US DRY) GALLONS (LIQ.) 8 PINTS (LIQ.)
CUBIC FEET/HOUR 7.865791 CUBIC CM./SEC. GALLONS (LIQ.) 4 QUARTS (LIQ.)
CUBIC FEET/HOUR 0.4719474 LITER/MIN. GALLONS WATER 8.3453 POUNDS OF WATER
CUBIC FEET/MIN. 0.1246753 GALLONS (US)/SEC. GALLONS WATER/MIN. 6.0086 TONS WATER/24 HOURS
CUBIC FEET/POUND 0.0624279 CUBIC METER/KILOGRAM GALLONS - IMPERIAL 1.20095 U.S. GALLONS
CUBIC METER 8.64849 BARREL (US DRY) GALLONS - U.S. 0.83267 IMPERIAL GALLONS
CUBIC METER 8.386414 BARREL (US LIQ.) GALLONS (US)/MIN. 2.228×10-3 CUBIC FEET/SEC.
CUBIC METER 35.31467 CUBIC FEET GALLONS (US)/MIN. 8.020834 CUBIC FEET/HOUR
CUBIC METER 1.307951 CUBIC YARDS GALLONS (US)/MIN. 0.06308 Litros/SEC.
CUBIC METER 264.1721 GALLONS (US) GILL 7.21875 CUBIC INCH
CUBIC METER 1000 LITER GILL 4 OUNCE (U.S.)
CUBIC YARDS 27 CUBIC FEET GILL (BRIT.) 1.20095 GILL (U.S.)
i-25
Conversion
Tables
Given Multiply By Given Multiply By
GRAINS (TROY) 0.0648 GRAMS KILOWATTS 1.34102 HORSEPOWER
GRAINS/U.S. GAL. 17.118 PARTS/MILLION KILOWATTS 14.3308 KG. – CALORIES/MIN.
GRAINS/U.S. GAL. 142.86 POUNDS/MILLION GAL. KILOWATTS 10-3 WATTS
GRAINS/U.S. GAL. 14.254 PARTS/MILLION KNOTS 1.150779 MILES (STATUTE)/HOUR
GRAMS 980.7 DYNES LEAGUE (STATUTE) 3 MILES (STATUTE)
GRAMS 15.432358 GRAINS LIGHT YEAR 5.8785×1012 MILES
GRAMS 10-3 KILOGRAMS LINK 0.01 CHAIN
GRAMS 103 MILLIGRAMS LINK 7.92 INCHES
GRAMS 0.0352739 OUNCES LITERS 103 CUBIC CENTIMETERS
GRAMS 0.03215 OUNCES (TROY) LITERS 0.03531 CUBIC FEET
GRAMS 2.205×10-3 POUNDS LITERS 61.02 CUBIC INCHES
GRAMS 0.7716179 SCRUPLE LITERS 10-3 CUBIC METERS
GRAMS (TROY) 2.0833×10-3 OUNCES (TROY) LITERS 1.308×10-3 CUBIC YARDS
GRAMS/CM. 5.600×10-3 POUNDS/INCH LITERS 0.2642 GALLONS
GRAMS/CU. CM. 62.43 POUNDS/CUBIC FOOT LITERS 2.113 PINTS (LIQ.)
GRAMS/CU. CM. 0.03613 POUNDS/CUBIC INCH LITERS 0.908 QUARTS (DRY)
GRAMS/LITER 58.417 GRAINS/GAL. LITERS 1.0567 QUARTS (LIQ.)
GRAMS/LITER 8.345 POUNDS/1000 GALS. LITERS/MIN. 5.886×10-4 CUBIC FT./SEC.
GRAMS/LITER 0.062427 POUNDS/CUBIC FOOT LITERS/MIN. 13.19815 GALLON (BRIT.)/HOUR
GRAMS/LITER 1000 PARTS/MILLION LITERS/MIN. 4.403×10-3 GALLONS/SEC.
GROSS 12 DOZEN LITERS/SEC. 2.11888 CUBIC FT./MIN.
HAND 4 INCH METERS 100 CENTIMETERS
HECTARE 2.471054 ACRE METERS 3.2808399 FEET
HECTARE 107639.1 SQUARE FT. METERS 39.37 INCHES
HOGSHEAD 63 GALLONS METERS 10-3 KILOMETROS
HORSEPOWER 42.4072 BTU/MIN. METERS 103 MILLIMETERS
HORSEPOWER 33000 FOOT – POUNDS/MIN. METERS 1.093613 YARDS
HORSEPOWER 550 FOOT – POUNDS/SEC. METERS/MIN. 1.667 CENTIMETERS/SEC.
HORSEPOWER 1.014 HORSEPOWER (METRIC) METERS/MIN. 3.281 FEET/MIN.
HORSEPOWER 10.7 KG. – CALORIES/MIN. METERS/MIN. 0.05468 FEET/SEC.
HORSEPOWER 0.7457 KILOWATTS METERS/MIN. 0.06 KILOMETROS/HOUR
HORSEPOWER 745.7 WATTS METERS/MIN. 0.03728 MILES/HOUR
HORSEPOWER (BOILER) 33479 BTU/HOUR METERS/SEC. 196.8 FEET/MIN.
HORSEPOWER (BOILER) 9.8095 KILOWATT METERS/SEC. 3.281 FEET/SEC.
HORSEPOWER – HOURS 2547 BTU METERS/SEC. 3.6 KILOMETER/HOUR
HORSEPOWER – HOURS 1.98×106 FOOT – POUNDS METERS/SEC. 0.06 KILOMETROS/MIN.
HORSEPOWER – HOURS 641.7 KILOGRAM – CALORIES METERS/SEC. 2.236936 MILES/HOUR
HORSEPOWER – HOURS 2.737×105 KILOGRAM – METERS METERS/SEC. 0.03728 MILES/MIN.
HORSEPOWER – HOURS 0.7457 KILOWATT – HOURS MIL 0.001 INCH
INCH 1000 MILS MIL 0.0254 MILLIMETER
INCH 25.4 MILLIMETERS MILES 320 ROD
INCHES OF MERCURY 0.03342 ATMOSPHERES MILES 1.609×105 CENTIMETERS
INCHES OF MERCURY 1.133 FEET OF WATER MILES 5280 FEET
INCHES OF MERCURY 345.3 KGS./SQUARE METER MILES 1.609 KILOMETROS
INCHES OF MERCURY 70.73 LBS./SQUARE FT. MILES 1760 YARDS
INCHES OF MERCURY 0.4912 LBS./SQUARE INCH MILES/HOUR 44.7 CENTIMETERS/SEC.
INCHES OF WATER 0.002458 ATMOSPHERES MILES/HOUR 88 FEET/MIN.
INCHES OF WATER 0.07355 INCHES OF MERCURY MILES/HOUR 1.467 FEET/SEC.
INCHES OF WATER 25.4 KGS./SQUARE METER MILES/HOUR 1.609 KILOMETROS/HOUR
INCHES OF WATER 0.5781 OUNCES/SQUARE INCH MILES/HOUR 0.8684 KNOTS
INCHES OF WATER 5.202 POUNDS/SQUARE FOOT MILES/HOUR 26.82 Metros/MIN.
INCHES OF WATER 0.03613 POUNDS/SQUARE INCH MILES/HOUR 1.609344 KILOMETROS/HOUR
JOULE 0.000948 BTU MILES/HOUR 0.8689762 KNOTS
JOULE 0.238846 CALORIE MILES/MIN. 2682 CENTIMETERS/SEC.
KILOGRAMS 980665 DYNES MILES/MIN. 88 FEET/SEC.
KILOGRAMS 2.2046226 POUNDS MILES/MIN. 1.609 KILOMETROS/MIN.
KILOGRAMS 1.102×10-3 TONS (SHORT) MILES/MIN. 60 MILES/HOUR
KILOGRAMS 103 GRAMS MILLIGRAMS 10-3 GRAMS
KILOGRAMS – CALORIES 3.968 BTU MILLIGRAMS/LITER 1 PARTS/MILLION
KILOGRAMS – CALORIES 3086 FOOT – POUNDS MILLILITERS 0.0610237 CUBIC INCH
KILOGRAMS – CALORIES 1.558×10-3 HORSEPOWER – HOURS MILLILITERS 0.0338142 FLUID OUNCES
KILOGRAMS – CALORIES 1.162×10-3 KILOWATT – HOURS MILLILITERS 10-3 LITERS
KILOMETERS 105 CENTIMETERS MILLIMETERS 0.1 CENTIMETERS
KILOMETERS 3280.84 FEET MILLIMETERS 0.03937 INCHES
KILOMETERS 103 METERS MILLION GALS./DAY 1.54723 CUBIC FT./SEC.
KILOMETERS 0.6213712 MILES MINER’S INCHES 1.5 CUBIC FT./MIN.
KILOMETROS 1094 YARDS MINUTES (ANGLE) 2.909×10-4 RADIANS
KILOMETERS/HOUR 27.78 CENTIMETERS/SEC. NEWTON – METER 0.737562 FOOT – POUNDS – FORCE
KILOMETERS/HOUR 54.68 FEET/MIN. OUNCES 16 DRAMS
KILOMETERS/HOUR 0.9113 FEET/SEC. OUNCES 437.5 GRAINS
KILOMETERS/HOUR 0.5396 KNOTS OUNCES 0.0625 POUNDS
KILOMETERS/HOUR 16.67 METERS/MIN. OUNCES 28.349527 GRAMS
KILOMETROS/HOUR 0.6214 MILES/HOUR OUNCES 0.9115 OUNCES (TROY)
KILOWATT – HOURS 3415 BTU OUNCES 2.790×10-5 TONS (LONG)
KILOWATT – HOURS 2.655×106 FOOT – POUNDS OUNCES 2.835×10-5 TONS (METRIC)
KILOWATT – HOURS 1.341 HORSEPOWER – HOURS OUNCES (FLUID) 1.805 CUBIC INCHES
KILOWATT – HOURS 3.6×106 JOULE OUNCES (FLUID) 0.02957 LITERS
KILOWATT – HOURS 860.5 KILOGRAM – CALORIES OUNCES (FLUID) 30 MILLILITERS
KILOWATT – HOURS 3.671×105 KILOGRAM – METERS OUNCES (FLUID) 1.040843 OUNCES (BRIT. FLUID)
KILOWATTS 56.869 BTU/MIN. OUNCES (TROY) 480 GRAINS
KILOWATTS 44253.7 FOOT – POUNDS/MIN. OUNCES (TROY) 20 PENNYWEIGHTS (TROY)
KILOWATTS 737.6 FOOT – POUNDS/SEC. OUNCES (TROY) 0.08333 POUNDS (TROY)
i-26
Conversion
Tables
Given Multiply By Given Multiply By
OUNCES (TROY) 31.103481 GRAMS REVOLUTIONS/MIN. 0.01667 REVOLUTIONS/SEC.
OUNCES (TROY) 1.09714 OUNCES (AVOIR.) REVOLUTIONS/SEC. 360 DEGREES/SEC.
OUNCES/SQUARE INCH 0.0625 POUNDS/SQUARE INCH REVOLUTIONS/SEC. 6.283 RADIANS/SEC.
PACE 2.5 FEET REVOLUTIONS/SEC. 60 REVOLUTIONS/MIN.
PALM 3 INCH RODS 16.5 FEET
PARTS/MILLION 0.0584 GRAINS/U.S. GAL. ROPE 20 FEET
PARTS/MILLION 0.07016 GRAINS/IMP. GAL. SCRUPLE 20 GRAINS
PARTS/MILLION 8.345 POUNDS/MILLION GAL. SEAM (BRIT.) 64 GALLON (BRIT.)
PASCAL 0.0208854 POUNDS – FORCE/SQ. FT. SLUG 14.5939 KILOGRAMS
PECK (BRIT.) 2 GALLON (BRIT) SPAN 9 INCHES
PECKS (US) 8 QUARTS (US DRY) SQUARE CM. 10-4 SQUARE METERS
PENNYWEIGHTS (TROY) 24 GRAINS SQUARE CM. 100 SQUARE MILLIMETERS
PENNYWEIGHTS (TROY) 1.55517 GRAMS SQUARE FEET 2.296×10-5 ACRES
PENNYWEIGHTS (TROY) 0.05 OUNCES (TROY) SQUARE FEET 929 SQUARE CENTIMETERS
PENNYWEIGHTS (TROY) 4.1667×10-3 POUNDS (TROY) SQUARE FEET 144 SQUARE INCHES
PERCH (MASONRY) 24.75 CUBIC FEET SQUARE FEET 0.0929 SQUARE METERS
POINT (U.S.-PRINT) 0.013837 INCH SQUARE FEET 3.587×10-3 SQUARE MILES
POLE (BRIT.) 16.5 FEET SQUARE FEET 1/9 SQUARE YARDS
POTTLE (BRIT.) .5 GALLONS SQUARE INCHES 6.452 SQUARE CENTIMETERS
POUNDS 16 OUNCES SQUARE INCHES 6.944×10-3 SQUARE FEET
POUNDS 256 DRAMS SQUARE INCHES 645.2 SQUARE MILLIMETERS
POUNDS 7000 GRAINS SQUARE KILOMETERS 247.1 ACRES
POUNDS 0.0005 TONS (SHORT) SQUARE KILOMETERS 10.76×106 SQUARE FEET
POUNDS 453.5924 GRAMS SQUARE KILOMETERS 106 SQUARE METERS
POUNDS 1.21528 POUNDS (TROY) SQUARE KILOMETERS 0.3861 SQUARE MILES
POUNDS 14.5833 OUNCES (TROY) SQUARE KILOMETERS 1.196×106 SQUARE YARDS
POUNDS OF WATER 0.01602 CUBIC FEET SQUARE METERS 2.471×10-4 ACRES
POUNDS OF WATER 27.68 CUBIC INCHES SQUARE METERS 10.76 SQUARE FEET
POUNDS OF WATER 0.1198 GALLONS SQUARE METERS 3.861×10-7 SQUARE MILES
POUNDS OF WATER/MIN. 2.670×10-4 CUBIC FT./SEC. SQUARE METERS 1.196 SQUARE YARDS
POUNDS (TROY) 5760 GRAINS SQUARE MILES 640 ACRES
POUNDS (TROY) 140 PENNYWEIGHTS (TROY) SQUARE MILES 27.88×106 SQUARE FEET
POUNDS (TROY) 12 OUNCES (TROY) SQUARE MILES 2.59 SQUARE KILOMETERS
POUNDS (TROY) 373.24177 GRAMS SQUARE MILES 3.098×106 SQUARE YARDS
POUNDS (TROY) 0.822857 POUNDS (AVOIR.) SQUARE MILLIMETERS 0.01 SQUARE CENTIMETERS
POUNDS (TROY) 13.1657 OUNCES (AVOIR.) SQUARE MILLIMETERS 1.550×10-3 SQUARE INCHES
POUNDS (TROY) 3.6735×10-4 TONS (LONG) SQUARE YARDS 2.066×10-4 ACRES
POUNDS (TROY) 4.1143×10-4 TONS (SHORT) SQUARE YARDS 9 SQUARE FEET
POUNDS (TROY) 4.1667×10-3 TONS (METRIC) SQUARE YARDS 0.8361 SQUARE METERS
POUNDS/CUBIC FOOT 0.01602 GRAMS/CUBIC CM. SQUARE YARDS 3.228×10-7 SQUARE MILES
POUNDS/CUBIC FOOT 16.02 KGS./CUBIC METERS STERE 1 CUBIC METER
POUNDS/CUBIC FOOT 5.787×10-4 POUNDS/CUBIC INCH STERE 0.2759 CORD
POUNDS/CUBIC INCH 27.68 GRAMS/CUBIC CM. STONE 14 POUNDS
POUNDS/CUBIC INCH 2.768×104 KGS./CUBIC METER TABLESPOON 14.79 MILLILITERS
POUNDS/CUBIC INCH 1728 POUNDS/CUBIC FOOT TEASPOON 5 MILLILITERS
POUNDS/FOOT 1.488 KGS./METER TEMP.(°C.)+17.78 1.8 TEMP.(°F.)
POUNDS/INCH 178.6 GRAMS/CM. TEMP.(°F)-32 .555 TEMP.(°C.)
POUNDS/SQUARE FOOT 0.01602 FEET OF WATER THERM 100,000 BTU
POUNDS/SQUARE FOOT 4.883 KGS./SQUARE METER TONS OF WATER/24 HRS. 83.333 POUNDS WATER/HOUR
POUNDS/SQUARE FOOT 6.945×10-3 POUNDS/SQUARE INCH TONS OF WATER/24 HRS. 0.16643 GALLONS/MIN.
POUNDS/SQUARE INCH 0.068046 ATMOSPHERES TONS OF WATER/24 HRS. 1.3349 CUBIC FT./HOUR
POUNDS/SQUARE INCH 2.307 FEET OF WATER TONS (LONG) 1016.0469 KILOGRAMS
POUNDS/SQUARE INCH 2.03602 INCHES OF MERCURY TONS (LONG) 1.016047 TONS (METRIC)
POUNDS/SQUARE INCH 703.1 KGS./SQUARE METER TONS (LONG) 2240 POUNDS
PSI 1 POUND – FORCE/SQ. IN. TONS (LONG) 1.12 TONS (SHORT)
PUNCHEON 84 GALLONS TONS (METRIC) 103 KILOGRAMS
PUNCHEON (BRIT.) 70 GALLON (BRIT.) TONS (METRIC) 2205 POUNDS
QUARTS (DRY) 0.03125 BUSHEL TONS (SHORT) 2000 POUNDS
QUARTS (DRY) 67.200625 CUBIC INCHES TONS (SHORT) 32000 OUNCES
QUARTS (DRY) 1.101 LITERS TONS (SHORT) 907.18486 KILOGRAMS
QUARTS (LIQ) 57.75 CUBIC INCHES TONS (SHORT) 2430.56 POUNDS (TROY)
QUARTS (LIQ) 0.9463 LITER TONS (SHORT) 0.89287 TONS (LONG)
QUARTS (LIQ) 0.8326742 QUART (BRIT.) TONS (SHORT) 29166 OUNCES (TROY)
QUARTS (LIQ) 0.859367 QUART (DRY) TONS (SHORT) 0.90718 TONS (METRIC)
QUINTAL, ARGENTINE 101.28 POUNDS WATT – HOUR 3600 JOULE
QUINTAL, BRAZIL 129.54 POUNDS WATTS 0.05692 BTU/MIN.
QUINTAL, CASTILE, PERU 101.43 POUNDS WATTS 44.26 FOOT – POUNDS/MIN.
QUINTAL, CHILE 101.41 POUNDS WATTS 0.7376 FOOT – POUNDS/SEC.
QUINTAL, METRIC 220.46 POUNDS WATTS 1.341×10-3 HORSEPOWER
QUINTAL, MEXICO 101.47 POUNDS WATTS 0.01434 KG. – CALORIES/MIN.
RADIANS 57.29578 DEGREES WATTS 10-3 KILOWATTS
RADIANS 3437.747 MINUTES WATTS – HOURS 3.41214 BTU
RADIANS 0.63662 QUADRANTS WATTS – HOURS 2655 FOOT – POUNDS – FORCE
RADIANS/SEC. 57.3 DEGREES/SEC. WATTS – HOURS 1.341×10-3 HORSEPOWER – HOURS
RADIANS/SEC. 0.1592 REVOLUTIONS/SEC. WATTS – HOURS 3600 JOULES
RADIANS/SEC. 9.549297 REVOLUTIONS/MIN. WATTS – HOURS 0.8605 KILOGRAM – CALORIES
REAMS 500 SHEETS WATTS – HOURS 367.1 KILOGRAM – METROS
REVOLUTIONS 360 DEGREES WATTS – HOURS 10-3 KILOWATT – HOURS
REVOLUTIONS 4 QUADRANTS YARDS 91.44 CENTIMETERS
REVOLUTIONS 6.283 RADIANS YARDS 36 INCHES
REVOLUTIONS/MIN. 6 DEGREES/SEC. YARDS 0.9144 METROS
REVOLUTIONS/MIN. 0.1047 RADIANS/SEC.
i-27
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES
Limited Warranty and
Additional Terms & Conditions
LIMITED WARRANTY
Revised September 16, 2021
Subject to the limitation expressed in subsequent paragraphs, Martin Sprocket & Gear, Inc. and Martin Sprocket & Gear Canada Inc., and Martin
Sprocket & Gear de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., make the following warranties: We warrant that each of our products of manufacture will be free from defects
in material and workmanship under normal use, and service and stored, installed and maintained properly for twelve months from the date of delivery to
the original user. We will correct any such defects in material or workmanship by repair or replacement of the product F.O.B. our plant. Tools will carry
the following lifetime warranty: If a Martin tool fails to satisfactorily perform its designated use, it may be returned to the Martin distributor from which
such tool was purchased and will be repaired or replaced without cost.
THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHETHER ARISING FROM
STATUTE, COMMON LAW, CUSTOM, OR OTHERWISE. THE REMEDY OF REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF THE DEFECTIVE PRODUCT OR TOOL SET
FORTH IN THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AVAILABLE TO ANY PERSON.
Charges for correcting defects will not be allowed, nor can we accept goods returned to us for repair or replacement, unless we are previously notified of
the defect in writing and the return or correction is authorized by us in writing. All warranty claims alleging defects of materials or workmanship must be
submitted in writing within thirty days of the discovery of a defect or such claim shall be considered waived. (This paragraph is subject to the provisions
of the Consumer Protection laws of Mexico.)
The foregoing warranties shall not apply to any products or tools which have been subjected to misuse, neglect or accident, or have been altered or
tampered with, or have been used beyond their normal useful or expected life, or which have had corrective work done thereon without our written
consent. WE SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS, INJURY, EXPENSE, OR DAMAGE, WHETHER DIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
OTHERWISE, RESULTING FROM THE USE OF OUR PRODUCTS OR TOOLS OR CAUSED BY ANY DEFECT, FAILURE, OR MALFUNCTION OF ANY
PRODUCT OR TOOL, WHETHER A CLAIM FOR SUCH DAMAGES IS BASED UPON WARRANTY, CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHERWISE. Equipment
manufactured by others, and included in our proposal, is not warranted in any way by us but carries only the manufacturer’s warranty, if any. No person
has the authority to bind us to any representation or warranty other than the foregoing limited warranties as disclaimed.
Sale of Martin products and tools shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and of the United States of America. The provisions of the United
Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods or any local statute declaring it to have the force of law in the jurisdiction of one of
the parties shall not apply to products or tools supplied hereunder.
“YOU ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS FROM THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY ARE
OBJECTIONABLE. NO ADDITIONS OR CHANGES ARE BINDING ON MARTIN UNLESS THEY ARE IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED
OFFICER.”
NOTE: All past due invoices shall be payable to Martin Sprocket & Gear, Inc., at P.O. Box 91588, Arlington, Tarrant County, Texas 76015-0088. All
past due invoices of Martin Sprocket & Gear Canada Inc., shall be payable at 896 Meyerside Drive, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L5T 1R9. All past
due Invoices of Martin Sprocket & Gear de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., shall be payable at Km. 52 Carretera, Naucalpan-Toluca, Calle 3 Mz.7 Lt. 11, Parque
Industrial, Toluca 2000, Toluca, Edo. de Mexico, C.P. 50200. Reasonable attorneys’ fees will be added if collection is forced.